Pemko Product Catalog Pemkocatalog

User Manual: Pemko Pemko Product Catalog Catalog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 200 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

PEMKO Catalog
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
general information
GI-2
Table Of Contents
General Information (GI):
Table Of Contents GI-2 - GI-3
Product Index GI-4 - GI-7
About PEMKO GI-8
General Information & Terms GI-9 - GI-10
Materials & Finishes Information GI-10 - GI-11
Product Testing/Classication Symbols GI-12 - GI-13
ANSI/BHMA Standards GI-13
SoundSeal Systems GI-14
STC Ratings GI-14
Barrier-Free Systems GI-15
PemkoHinge™ (PH):
What Is PemkoHinge™ PH-2
PemkoHinge Attributes/Design Features PH-2
Ordering Chart PH-2
BHMA Certication Program PH-3
Hospital Tip PH-3
Cycle Requirements PH-3
Weight Bearing PH-3
UL Fire Labeling PH-3
Electrical Modications PH-4
Options For Electrically Modied PemkoHinge™ PH-4
X Series PemkoHinge™ PH-5
Offset Hinges PH-6
Full-Mortise Hinges PH-7
Special Full-Mortise Hinges PH-8
Kawneer Full-Mortise Hinges PH-9
Raised Gear Hinges PH-9
Full-Mortise Safety Hinges PH-10
Full Mortise Hinge for 13⁄8" Door PH-10
Wide Throw Full-Mortise Hinges PH-11
Wide Throw Half-Surface Hinges PH-11
Half Surface Hinges PH-12
Half-Mortise Hinges PH-12
Full-Surface Hinges PH-13
Aluminum Hinges For Aluminum Doors Under 90 lbs. PH-14
Full-Mortise Residential Hinges PH-15
Firepins™ PH-15
Commercial Thresholds (CT):
Saddle Thresholds CT-2 - CT-7
Half Saddles/Offset Saddles CT-8
Stainless Steel Saddles CT-9
Thermal Barrier Saddles CT-10 - CT-11
Stainless Steel Thermal Barrier Saddles CT-12
Latching Panic Exit Saddles CT-13 - CT-15
Latching Panic Exit Saddles - Thermal Barrier CT-16 - CT-17
Acoustic Thresholds CT-17
Vinyl Thresholds CT-18
Adjustable-Width Vinyl Thresholds CT-19
Heavy Duty Thresholds CT-20
Modular Heavy Duty Thresholds CT-20
Floor Plates/Safety Treads CT-21 - CT-22
Aluminum Plates CT-22
Carpet Separators CT-23
Floor Plate Supports/Accessories CT-24
Elevators CT-24
Threshold Stop Strips CT-25
Floor Closer Thresholds/Cover Plate Assemblies CT-26
Modular Ramps (MR):
Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies - Flush Applications MR-2
Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies - Offset Applications MR-3 - MR-4
Modular Ramp Threshold Components MR-5
Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies - Variables MR-6
Risers For Modular Ramps MR-6
Miter Returns For Modular Ramp Thresholds MR-7
Barrier-Free Ramp Thresholds MR-8
Styrene Butadiene Rubber Ramp Thresholds MR-9
Rubber Ramp Miter Returns MR-10
Recycled Rubber Ramp Assembly MR-10
Door Bottoms (DB):
Automatic Door Bottom Information DB-2
End Plates for Automatic Door Bottoms DB-3
Automatic Door Bottoms DB-4 - DB-6
Security Door Bottoms DB-7
Residential Automatic Door Bottoms DB-7
Specialty Door Bottoms DB-8
Vinyl Door Shoes DB-8
Door Shoes DB-9 - DB-11
Door Bottom Sweeps DB-12 - DB-13
Stainless Steel Door Sweeps DB-13
Dual Durometer Specialty Door Shoes DB-14
Door Top Weatherstrip DB-14
Astragals & Meeting Stiles (AM):
Astragal and Meeting Stile Gasketing - Split Astragals AM-2 - AM-3
Split Astragals with Snap Covers - Concealed Fasteners AM-3
Meeting Stile Gasketing AM-4
Adjustable Astragals AM-5
Adhesive Astragal/Meeting Stile Seals AM-5
“T” and Overlapping Astragals AM-6
Adhesive-Backed Mullion Gasketing AM-7
Offset Security Bar AM-7
Security Astragal AM-7
Locking Astragals AM-8 - AM-9
Locking Wood Astragals AM-10
Outswing Locking Astragals AM-11 - AM-12
Brush Gasketing (BR):
180º Aluminum Retainers BR-2 - BR-3
180º Concealed Fastener Retainers BR-3
90º Aluminum Retainers BR-4
45º Aluminum Retainers BR-4 - BR-5
45º Concealed Fastener Retainers BR-5
35º Aluminum Retainers BR-6
Mortise Retainers BR-6
Aluminum Retainers With Rain Drip BR-6
Oak Retainers 36" Wide BR-6
Meeting Stiles BR-7
Automatic Door Bottoms - Nylon Brush BR-8
Perimeter Gasketing (PG):
Standard Perimeter Gasketing PG-2 - PG4
Stainless Steel Perimeter Gasketing PG-5
Adjustable Jamb Gasketing PG-5
Heavy Duty Perimeter Gasketing - Standard Jamb PG-6
Heavy Duty Perimeter Gasketing - Head Section PG-6
Snap Cover Perimeter Gasketing with Concealed Fasteners PG-7
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
general information
GI-3
Table Of Contents
Perimeter Gasketing (PG) (Cont.):
Heavy Duty Interlock Perimeter Gasketing PG-7
Kerf-In Weatherstrip PG-8 - PG-9
Magnetic Gasketing PG-9
Adhesive Perimeter Gasketing PG-9 - PG-10
Interlock Weatherstrip For Wood Doors PG-11
Interlock Weatherstrip For Wood Windows PG-11
Cushion/Spring Weatherstrip PG-12
Adhesive Gasketing (AG):
SiliconSeal Adhesive-Backed Fire/Smoke Gasketing AG-2 - AG-3
PemkoPrene Adhesive-Backed Fire/Smoke Gasketing AG-3
MicroShield® Antimicrobial Gasketing AG-4
Hot Smoke Seal/SiliconSeal Combination Fire/Smoke Sealing AG-4
Specialized Products (SP):
Privacy Door Latch SP-2
Privacy Door Latch Bracket SP-2
Privacy Door Latch Decals SP-3
Acoustic Adhesive Corner Pads SP-3
Heavy Duty Door Bumper SP-3
Power Transfers SP-4
Sliding & Folding Hardware (SF):
H180A Series SF-2
SHS80 Series SF-3
Sliding 200 Series SF-4
Side Wall Track System SF-5
Bypass Track Series SF-6
SIM200A Series SF-7
LP200 Series SF-8
Sirocco Series SF-9
H300S-OH Series SF-10
H300S-SW Series SF-11
H440A-OH Series SF-12
H440A-SW Series SF-13
H600S-OH Series SF-14
H600S-SW Series SF-15
H800S-OH Series SF-16
H800S-SW Series SF-17
H1100A-OH Series SF-18
H1100A-SW Series SF-19
Sliding Glass Series SF-20
Pocket Frame Kit SF-21
Folding 100 Series SF-22
Pacer Interior End Fold Series SF-23
Flexirol Interior End Fold Series SF-24
Options & Accessories SF-25
Residential Thresholds (RT):
Interlocking Thresholds RT-2
Threshold Caps RT-2
Hooks RT-3
Interlocking Thresholds - Water Return RT-3
Residential Thresholds - Water Return RT-4
Adjustable Vinyl Top Thresholds RT-4
Vinyl Top Thresholds RT-4 - RT-5
Residential Thresholds (RT) (Cont.)
Residential Saddles RT-5
Bumper Thresholds For Outswing Doors RT-6
Squareback Thresholds RT-7
Oak Thresholds RT-7 - RT-8
Sill Nosings RT-8
Adjustable Aluminum Top Sills RT-9
Adjustable Oak Top Sills RT-10
Outswing Adjustable Oak Top Sills RT-11
Residential All-Aluminum Adjustable Sills RT-11
Fixed Vinyl Top Residential Sills RT-12
Outswing Fixed Bumper Sills RT-13
Extenders For All Sills RT-13
Bumper Thresho-Sills for Outswing Doors RT-14
Thresho-Sills RT-14 - RT-15
Fabrication Options for Thresho-Sills RT-16
Floor Molding, Trim & Handyshapes™ (FM):
Carpet Bar - Standard FM-2
Seam Binding FM-2
Stair Nosing FM-2
Edging FM-2
Coves FM-2
Oak Floor Edging FM-3
Oak Seam Binding FM-3
Oak Carpet Trim FM-3
HandyShapes™ - Flat Bar FM-4
HandyShapes™ - Angles FM-4
HandyShapes™ U-Channel FM-4
Weatherization Products (WP):
Foam and Neoprene Tape WP-2 - WP-3
Vinyl Tape WP-3
Hemmed Vinyl and Garage Weatherstrip WP-4
Spring Bronze Weatherstrip WP-4
Replacement Vinyl WP-4
Lites & Louvers (LL):
General/Ordering Information LL-2
Low Prole - Beveled Lite Kit LL-3 - L L- 4
Low Prole - 90º Lite Kit LL-5 - LL- 6
Grills/Vision Lites For 90º Lite Kit LL-7
Inverted “Y” Louver LL-8
Fusible Link Louver LL-9
Fire Glazing Tape LL-10
Fire Glazing Tape Applications LL-11 - LL-16
Door & Frame Accessories (DA):
Anchors DA-2 - DA-3
Glazing Bead/Spreader Bar DA-3
Reinforcements - Fillers DA-4 - DA-6
Reinforcements - Miscellaneous DA-6 - DA-8
Reinforcements - Tabs DA-8 - DA-9
Door Channel & Top Cap DA-10
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
general information
GI-4
Product Index
Product Index Product Index Product Index Product Index Product Index
10 PG-11
101 RT-2
102N SF-2‐SF-8,
SF-10‐SF-17, SF-25
102WA SF-2‐SF-7,SF-11,
SF-13,SF-17, SF-25
102WN SF-2‐SF-5,SF-7,
SF-11,SF-13,SF-15,SF-17
106N/94 SF-25
106HF/94 SF-22
106R/94 SF-2‐SF-8,
SF-10‐SF-19
107 RT-2
1075C SF-2
1076A SF-2
108 RT-2
11 PG-11
110 RT-2
114 RT-2
115 RT-2
120 RT-2
121 RT-2
123 RT-2
136 RT-3
14/1 CT-22
140_M RT-15
142 RT-3
145 RT-3
146 RT-3
147 RT-3
149 RT-6
151 CT-2
153 RT-14
154 CT-4
154SS CT-9
1546 CT-4
155 RT-6
156 CT-6
157 CT-8
158 CT-8
159 CT-14
160 RT-14
160_M RT-14
161_M RT-15
163_M RT-15
164_M RT-15
165 RT-14
166 CT-4
1665 CT-3
167 RT-15
168 CT-7
169 CT-3
170 CT-3
1700 CT-3
171 CT-4
1710 CT-4
1715 CT-20
1716 CT-20
1717 CT-20
1718 CT-20
1719 CT-20
172 CT-5
173 CT-2
174 CT-23
175 CT-4
175SS CT-9
176 CT-5, CT-26
176x170 CT-26
176x171 CT-26
177 CT-14
179 CT-13
18/1 CT-22
18041 BR-3, BR-7, AM-2
18061 BR-3, BR-7,
DB-13, AM-2
18062 BR-3
18062W BR-6
181 CT-15
18100 BR-3, DB-13
18100W BR-6
18137 BR-2, DB-13
18175 BR-2
182 CT-8
18250 BR-2
183 CT-24
184 CT-25
18400 BR-2
1842 CT-25
185 CT-15
1855 CT-14
1875 CT-8
1877 CT-8
188 CT-24
189 CT-24
18950 BR-2
190 CT-21
191 CT-21
19125 CT-22
192 CT-21
193 CT-21
19325 CT-22
193x2/195 CT-26
194 CT-24
195 CT-24
1951 CT-23
196 DB-7, SP-3, CT-24
198 CT-6
1A/290 SF-11
1A/290/EC SF-10, SF-11
1A/301 SF-15, SF-17
1A/301/EC SF-14, SF-17
1A/550 SF-19
1B SF-13
200 CT-24
2001 CT-13
2002 CT-13
2005 CT-13
2006 CT-13
2006STCxQ380 CT-17
2007 CT-13
2007STCxQ380 CT-17
2008STCxQ380 CT-17
203 RT-5
203OAK RT-7
204 RT-5
204OAK RT-7
205 RT-6
2051 RT-6
2052 RT-7
2053 RT-7
2054 RT-7
2055 RT-7
206 RT-4
207 RT-4
208 RT-5
208OAK RT-7
209 DB-9
21/550/P SF-24
210 DB-9
211 DB-9
2113 DB-11
212 RT-5
2120 FM-2
213 RT-4
2131 FM-2
2132 FM-2
2132W FM-3
2133W FM-3
2134 FM-2
214 RT-5
215 DB-9
216 DB-9
216_FG DB-10
217 DB-9
2170 DB-8
2173 DB-11
2175W FM-3
218 RT-5
218OAK RT-8
219 RT-5
219OAK RT-8
21B/P SF-23
21BO/4 SF-23
21N/94 SF-23
21R/94 SF-24
220 DB-9
221 DB-10
2211 DB-10
2218 FM-2
2219 FM-2
2219W FM-3
222 DB-10
2221 DB-10
223 DB-11
2230 DB-11
2250W FM-3
2266 CT-21
227 CT-7
228 CT-21
2286 CT-22
229 CT-7
230 CT-23
2300W FM-3
231 RT-5
233 RT-5
234 DB-9
2343 DB-11
2350W FM-3
236 CT-23
2364 CT-23
2366 CT-23
237 RT-5
238 RT-5
2408 FM-2
246 CT-23
2464 CT-23
249 RT-4
250 RT-4
2500W RT-8, FM-3
252 CT-7
252SS CT-9
252x2_FG CT-11
252x226 CT-15
252x226_FGT CT-16
252x2SS_FG CT-12
252x3_FG CT-11
252x3SS_FG CT-12
252x4SS_FG CT-12
253 CT-7
253SS CT-9
253x226_FGT CT-16
253x3_FG C T-11
253x3SS_FG CT-12
253x4_FG CT-11
253x4SS_FG CT-12
254 CT-7
2548 CT-5, CT-26
2548x170 CT-26
2548x171 CT-26
2549 CT-5
254SS CT-9
254x226 CT-15
254x226_FGT CT-16
254x4 CT-5, CT-26
254x4_FG CT-11
254x4SS_FG CT-12
254x4_x170 CT-26
254x4_x171 CT-26
254x5_FG CT-11
255 CT-7
2550 CT-5
255x226 CT-15
255x226_FGT CT-16
255x5 CT-6
255x5_FG CT-10
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
general information
GI-5
Product Index
Product Index Product Index Product Index Product Index Product Index
256 CT-7
256x6 CT-6
256x6_FG CT-10
257 MR-8
257x259 MR-8
257x259 CT-26
259 MR-8
2604 FM-2
2604W FM-3
270 DB -7, C T-2
271 CT-2
272 CT-2
2727 CT-8
273 CT-6
273x224_FGT CT-16
273x3_FG CT-10
273x4_FG CT-10
274 CT-6
2746 CT-6
2746x6 CT-3
2746x6_FG CT-10
2748 CT-2, CT-26
2748x270 CT-26
2748x271 CT-26
2749 CT-3
274x224_FGT CT-17
274x4 CT-3, CT-26
274x4_FG CT-10
274x4_x270 CT-26
274x4_x271 CT-26
2750 CT-3
276 CT-2, CT-26
276x270 CT-26
276x271 CT-26
277 CT-14
278x224_FGT CT-17
279x224_FGT CT-17
280 SF-4
280_‐SWF SF-5
280_-SWT SF-5
2802A SF-6
280A SF-3,SF-4,SF-7, SF-9,
SF-20,SF-22
280AN SF‐8
280C-SWTKIT SF-5
280D-SWTKIT SF-5
281 SF-3, SF-4, SF-7,
SF-20, SF-22, SF-25
2802BT SF-6, SF-25
2812 SF-6, SF-25
2813 RT-4
2815_M PG-9
281A SF-8
282 CT-24
282HD SF-22
283 SF-22
283 CT-24
284D SF-20
285 PG-4
286 SF-4‐SF-6, SF-25
287HD SF-2, SF-4,
SF-6 , SF-25
2891 PG-6
2892 PG-6
2893 PG-6
28945 PG-6
2897 FM-4
2899 FM-4
289B SF-22
289T SF-22
290 PG-6
290 _SSTOP CT-25
290 SF-10 - SF-11
2901 FM-4
2902 PG-6
2903 PG-6
29045 PG-6
2905 FM-4
2909 FM-4
2913 FM-4
2917 FM-4
2925 FM-4
29310 PG-7, AM-3
293100 BR-3, DB-13
29313 PG-7
29321 PG-7
29324 BR-3, BR-7, AM-3
29326 BR-3, BR-7, AM-3
2933 FM-4
29344 PG-7, BR-5
29346 PG -7, B R-5
2937 FM-4
294 PG-3
2945 FM-4
2949 FM-4
2953 FM-4
2959 FM-4
296 PG-4
297 PG-2, AM-2
299 PG-3
2P PG-11
30 PG-11
300 AM-4
301 SF-14 - SF-17
301AV WP-4
303 PG-2, AM-2
305 PG-3, AM-2
305SS PG-5
306 PG-2
307 DB-12
308 DB-12
309 PG-4, DB-12
310 AM-3
311CIN AM-3
312 PG-4
313 DB-8, AM-4
314 DB-8. AM-4
315 PG-4, DB-12
3151 DB-12
3151SS DB-13
315SS DB-13, PG-5
316 PG-2, AM-2
317 DB-8
318 DB-8, AM-3
3185 DB-8
319 PG-3
319SS PG-5
321 DB-12
321SS DB-13
322 PG-5
324 RT-8
326 RT-8
3261 RT-8
327 RT-8
330 PG-4
331 PG-11
332 PG-3
332SS PG-5
335 PG-7
336 PG-7
343 DB-14
344 DB-14
3443 AM-11
3444 AM-11
3445 AM-12
3446 AM-12
3447 AM-12
3448 AM-12
345 BR-6, DB-12, DB-13
3452 BR-6, DB-13
346 DB-14
347 DB-14
3481 AM-10
3481FB AM-10
3483 AM-10
3483FB AM-10
34831 AM-10
34832 AM-10
3493 AM-8
3494 AM-8
3495 AM-9
3496 AM-9
3497 AM-9
3498 AM-9
350 PG-5
35041 BR-6
35061 BR-6
351 AM-5
352 AM-6
354 AM-5
355 AM-6
356 AM-6
357 AM-6
3572 AM-7
3572PP7 AM-7
358 AM-4
359 AM-6
368 DB-12
369 AM-4
3692 DB-9
371 AM-4
372 AM-4
375 PG-4-AM-6
375SS PG-5
377 DB-14
378 AM-7
379 PG-5
3A/290 SF-10
3A/301 SF-14, SF-16
403/2 SF-23, SF-24
405 DB-7
411_NB BR-8
411 DB-5
412 DB-6
4131_NB BR-8
4131 DB-4
41M PG-11
420 DB-5
43 PG-11
430 DB-6
4301 BR-8
4301 DB-4
434_NB BR-8
434 DB-5
45041 BR-5
45061 BR-5
45062 BR-5
45100 BR-5
45137 BR-5
45175 BR-4
45250 BR-4
45400 BR-4
4C PG-11
4P PG-11
5025 BR-6
5041 BR-6
5061 BR-6
510 DB-7
5110 AM-7
530 DB-7
550A SF-18,SF-19,SF-24
556/21 SF-24
556/57 SF-18,SF-19
56 DB-12
57 DB-12
57A/N SF-16, SF-17
57A/S SF-14,SF-15
57B SF-12,SF-13
57K/N SF-10,SF-11
600A SF-12, SF-13, SF-23
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
general information
GI-6
Product Index
601H SF-3, SF-7,
SF-20 , SF-25
601P SF-12, SF-13
608 SF-20
61 RT-3
610 SF-20
66 RT-3
67 RT-3
68 DB-14
6C PG-11
70C-100 PG-12
70D-100 PG-12
70E-100 PG-12
70F-100 PG-12
71 PG-12
73 PG-12
74 PG-12
74518 RT-11
75 PG-12
75518 RT-11
8451 RT-13
8452 RT-13
8/10/75 HUSKY
SF-20 , SF-25
75518 RT-11
84518 RT-12
85518 RT-12
89/2N SF-10-SF-19
90041 BR-4
90062 BR-4, DB-13
90100 BR-4, DB-13
90137 BR-4
93518W RT-10
94518 RT-9
94A SF-2‐SF-8,
SF-10 - SF-19
SF-22 - SF‐24, SF-25
95518 RT-9
971A SF-2, SF-4, SF-7,
SF-8, SF-10, SF-12,SF-14,
SF-16, SF-18, SF-22 - SF-25
99 DB-12
ACP112 SP-3
ADJ232V14 CT-19
ADJ232V8 CT-19
AL_FM PH-14
AL_FS PH-14
AM44 AG-4, PG-10
AM88 AG-4, PG-10
B71 AM-4
BA5-50PK DA-2
BA6-50PK DA-2
BA8-50PK DA-2
CA1-50PK DA-2
CA2-50PK DA-2
CB1-50PK DA-4
CB2-50PK DA-4
CB3-50PK DA-4
CR2-5PK DA-7
CR3-20PK DA-7
DC1-10PK DA-10
DC2-10PK DA-10
DC3-10PK DA-10
DELLH SF-9
DELRH SF-9
DT1-50PK DA-9
DT3-50PK DA-9
DT4-50PK DA-8
DT5-50PK DA-8
E197 CT-21
E199 SP-3
EA1-25PK DA-6
EL- CEPT SP-4
EL- EP T SP-4
EL- EP T-SC SP-4
EXT3/4 RT-13
EXT2 RT-13
EXT3 RT-13
EL- EP TL SP-4
EPD1 DB-14
EPD2 DB-14
F134 SF-6, SF-25
F134C SF-2-SF-4, SF-7
F136 SF-20, SF-25
F160C SF-12
F160ECP SF-12
F200C SF-13
F200ECP SF-13
FG3000S45 LL-10 - L L-13,
LL-16
FG3000S90 LL-10, L L-15
FIF2/275 SF-24
FIF4/27 SF-24
FM PH-7
FM_RG PH-9
FM_SF PH-10
FM_SLF PH-7
FM_SLF138 PH-10
FM_SLI PH-7
FM_SLISF PH-10
FS PH-13
FS_BP PH-13
FS_CP PH-13
FT1-50PK DA-9
FT2-50PK DA-9
FT3-50PK DA-8
FT4-50PK DA-9
FT5-50PK DA-9
G-10 LL-7
G-12 LL-7
G-15 LL-7
G-2 L L-7
G-3 LL-7
G-4 LL-7
G-5 LL-7
G-6 LL-7
G-8 LL-7
G-9 L L-7
GS1-20PK DA-3
GS2-20PK DA-3
GS3-20PK DA-3
GS4-20PK DA-3
H100/200 Pack SF-4-SF-6,
SF-25
H1100A-OH SF‐18
H1100A-SW SF-19
H180A SF-2
H200A SF-4
H222-45 SF-2, SF-3, SF-21
H300S-OH SF-10
H300S-SW SF-11
H440A-OH SF-12
H440A-SW SF-13
H600S-OH SF-14
H600S-SW SF-15
H800S-OH SF-16
H800S-SW SF-17
HBP200A SF-6
HF1-25PK DA-4
HF2/100 SF-22
HF2/100PACK SF-25
HF2-25PK DA-4
HF3-25PK DA-4
HF4/100 SF-22
HF4-25PK DA-4
HF5-25PK DA-4
HF6-25PK DA-4
HH3/290 SF-10,SF-11
HH3/301 SF-14‐SF-19
HM PH-12
HR1-50PK DA-8
HR2-50PK DA-8
HR3-50PK DA-8
HR4-50PK DA-8
HS PH-12
HS_SF PH-12
HS1-50PK DA-6
HS2-50PK DA-6
HS3-50PK DA-6
HS4-50PK DA-6
HSS1000 AG-4
HSS2000 AG - 4, L L-15
HSS2000xS44 AG-4
HSS2000xS88 AG-4
K_FM PH-9
K1077C-SWEP SF-2
K134EP SF-4, SF-7, SF-25
K28_-SWEP SF-5
K411 DB-3
K412PA DB-3
K412PG DB-3
K412PD DB-3
K420 DB -3
K430MPA DB-3
K430MPD DB-3
K430PA DB-3
K430PD DB-3
LA1-25PK DA-6
LF1-25PK DA-5
LF2-25PK DA-5
LF3-25PK DA-5
LF4-50PK DA-4
LF5-25PK DA-5
LF6-25PK DA-5
LH100 SF-8
LP200A SF-8
LT-B1 L L-3
LT-B2 L L- 4
LT-B3 L L- 4
LT-B4 L L- 4
LT-S1 LL-5
LT-S2 L L- 6
LT-S3 L L- 6
LT-S4 L L- 6
LV-FL LL-9
LV-IY LL- 8
MA4-25PK DA-2
MA5-25PK DA-2
MAG349 PG-9
MB1-50PK DA-6
N84518 RT-12
N85518 RT-12
NL13516 PG-12
NL1634 PG-12
NL1678 PG-12
OAK349-96 AM-8
OS_FM PH-6
OS_HS PH-6
OS4301 DB-4
OS4343 DB-4
OS95518 RT-11
P240 WP-2
P241 WP-2
P241-30 WP-2
P242 WP-2
P243 WP-2
P244 WP-2
P260 WP-2
P261 WP-2
P262 WP-2
P263 WP-2
P264 WP-2
P265 WP-2
P266 WP-2
P361V16 WP-4
P364R16 WP-4
P365V16 WP-4
P366V16 WP-4
P380 WP-3
P381 WP-3
P384 WP-3
P385 WP-2
Product Index Product Index Product Index Product Index Product Index
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
general information
GI-7
Product Index
Product Index Product Index Product Index Product Index Product Index
P386 WP-2
P387 WP-3
P388 WP-3
P390 WP-2
P391 WP-2
P392 WP-2
P393 WP-2
P394 WP-2
P396 WP-2
P397 WP-2
P398 WP-2
P39C17 WP-3
P39C180 WP-3
P480 WP-3
P484 WP-3
P485 WP-3
P490 WP-2
P491 WP-2
P493 WP-2
P497 WP-2
P50 PG-9
P51B17 WP-4, PG-12
PDL SP-2
PDLBRKT SP-2
PDL- D1 SP-3
PDL- D2 SP-3
PF114PS PG-10
PF134 KIT SF-21
PF28200A SF-21
PFAS SF-21
PFAS100 SF-21
PFAS88 SF-21
PFBG-4 SF-21
PFBG-8 SF-21
PFBS SF-21, SF-25
PFCDKIT SF-21
PFFC-8 SF-21, SF-25
PFHB-1 SF-21
PFHB-2 SF-21
PFHS SF-21, SF-25
PFKIT-4 SF-21
PFKIT-8 SF-21
PIF2/165A SF-23
PIF4/165A SF-23
PK33 AG-2, PG-10
PK52 PG-9
PK55 AG-2, PG-10
PV11GR36 WP-4
PV13GR36 WP-4
PV15GR36 WP-4
PV22BL36 WP-4
PV22GR36 WP-4
PV64GR36 WP-4
PV83TN36 WP-4
PV9BL36 WP-4
PV9GR36 WP-4
Q102 PG-8
Q103 PG-8
Q106 PG-8
Q107 AM-12, PG-8, RT-13
Q108 AM-10, PG-8
R.5F MR-2
R.5FMR MR-2
R.5OS MR-3
R.5OSMR MR-3
R.5OSS MR-4
R.5OSSMR MR-4
R.75F MR-2
R.75FMR MR-2
R.75OS MR-3
R.75OSMR MR-3
R.75OSS MR-4
R.75OSSMR MR-4
R1.25F MR-2
R1.25FMR MR-2
R1.25OS MR-3
R1.25OSMR MR-3
R1.25OSS MR-4
R1.25OSSMR MR-4
R1.5F MR-2
R1.5FMR MR-2
R1.5OS MR-3
R1.5OSMR MR-3
R1.5OSS MR-4
R1.5OSSMR MR-4
R1.75F MR-2
R1.75FMR MR-2
R1.75OS MR-3
R1.75OSMR MR-3
R1.75OSS MR-4
R1.75OSSMR MR-4
R1F MR-2
R1FMR MR-2
R1OS MR-3
R1OSMR MR-3
R1OSS MR-4
R1OSSMR MR-4
R2.25F MR-2
R2.25FMR MR-2
R2F MR-2
R2FMR MR-2
R2OS MR-3
R2OSMR MR-3
R2OSS MR-4
R2OSSMR MR-4
RAMP 1 MR-5
RAMP 11 MR-5
RAMP 12 MR-5
RAMP 13 MR-6
RAMP 14 MR-6
RAMP 2 MR-6
RAMP 3 MR-5
RAMP 4 MR-5
RAMP 5 MR-5
RAMP 6 MR-5
RAMP 7 MR-6
RAMP 8 MR-5, MR-6
RAMP 9 MR-5
RAMP10 MR-5
RF1-25PK DA-7
RR1 MR-9
RR1.25FMR MR-10
RR12_H MR-10
RR2 MR-9
RS138 PH-14
RS175 PH-14
RVARIOSS MR-6
S104 PG-8
S105 PG-8
S109 PG-8
S44 PG-9, AG-2
S44x2 AG-2, PG-10
S52 PG-8
S77 AG-2, PG-10
S771 AG-3, AM-5
S771x6 AG-3, PG-10
S772 AG-3, AM-5
S773 PG-9, AG-3
S776 AG-3, PG-10
S88 PG-9, AG-2
SA1 DB-7
SA2 DB-7
SA3 DB-7
SA4 DB-7
SB1-25PK DA-5
SB2-25PK DA-5
SB3-25PK DA-5
SB4-25PK DA-5
SB5-25PK DA-5
SBR.5F MR-9
SBR.5FMR MR-9
SBR1F MR-9
SBR1FMR MR-9
SHS80 SF-3
SIM100 SF-7
SIM200A SF-7
SIRF/2500 SF-9
SIRLH SF-9
SIRRH SF-9
SPFM PH-8
SPFM_SLF PH-8
SPFM_SLI PH-8
SR1-10PK DA-7
SR2-10PK DA-7
SS71 AM-4
TC1-10PK DA-10
TC2-10PK DA-10
TC3-10PK DA-10
V232 CT-18
V2320 CT-18
V2322 CT-18
V2325 CT-18
V2326 CT-18
V80 DB-8
WA1-100PK DA-3
WING 10_H MR-7
WING 16_H MR-7
WING EXT_H MR-7
WT_FM PH-11
WT_HS PH-11
X25M PH-5
XF PH-5
XI PH-5
XM PH-5
XT1-100PK DA-2
XW1-100PK DA-3
XW2-100PK DA-3
XW3-100PK DA-3
XW4-100PK DA-3
XW5-100PK DA-3
XW6-100PK DA-3
XW7-100PK DA-3
XW8-100PK DA-3
XW9-100PK DA-3
ZA5-100PK DA-2
ZA6-100PK DA-2
ZA8-100PK DA-2
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
general information
GI-8
Who is PEMKO?
Since 1952, PEMKO has been a key manufacturer in weatherstripping products. Over the years we have expanded our product
line into a full line of architectural door trim products to include thresholds, re/smoke gaskets, door bottoms, perimeter gasketing,
brush seals, astragals, continuous geared and stainless steel hinges, re and life-safety products, lites and louvers, and sliding
door hardware.
PEMKO offers sound-tested, smoke-labeled, re-labeled, skid resistant, and ADA-compliant products, and aggressively pursues
new product development to create solutions for new applications and requirements.
Applications
• Energy Efciency: PEMKO has the products to make a complete energy efcient door solution – door bottoms, astragals,
meeting stiles, brush gasketing, perimeter gasketing, and thermal barrier thresholds.
• Smoke and Fire Gasketing: Hot Smoke Seal™ is an intumescent re life-safety product that meets UBC7-2 (proposed UL10C)
positive pressure testing. PEMKO’s S88, S773, and S44 silicone seals are also smoke and re rated gaskets that meet UBC7-2
positive pressure testing and are Category G gaskets for edge sealing systems for use with Category B doors.
• PEMKO SoundSeal Solutions: As a result of extensive acoustic testing, PEMKO gasketing systems are used on openings with STC
Ratings from the low-30’s and into the mid-50’s.
• Electrically Modied PEMKO Hinges: Continuous geared hinges are designed for commercial doors of all trafc levels and offer
many benets for your opening. All of PEMKO’s commercial-grade continuous geared hinges have the added option for electrical
modication. Some of these options allow for electrical modications to be made without removing the door from the opening.
• ADA-compliant aluminum and rubber ramps provide wheelchair access in public access doorways.
PEMKO products undergo rigorous testing to ensure that they meet or exceed the industry standards. Look for the logos next to
the product drawings and see page GI-12 for more information.
LEED Certication Contribution
PEMKO can help to achieve prerequisites and accumulate points in several categories
and credit areas for LEED. For further information, please call 1-800-824-3018 or
refer to our website to view our prepared LEED statement.
Sales & Support
Customer Service Representatives are available from 7am to 7pm Central time at 1-800-824-3018 or visit the website for the
current catalogs, sell sheets, and the most up-to-date templates.
There are over 50 items on the PEMKO Quick Ship Program that ship within 24 hours. For the most up-to-date list see the
Quick Ship yer posted on www.pemko.com, in the literature section.
Need a Sales Rep?
For representation information in Washington State, Alaska, Oregon, Northern California, Northern Nevada, and Hawaii, please
visit www.pemko.com to locate and view the sales contact for your area or call PEMKO Customer Service at 1-800-824-3018.
PEMKO is largely represented by the ASSA ABLOY Door Security Solutions team (except, WA, AK, OR, N CA, N NV, HI)
Contact your local ASSA ABLOY Door Security Solution Representative via e-mail by going to www.assaabloydss.com
and clicking on “Sales Support” or call 1-800-DSS-EZ4U (800-377-3948).
Website: www.pemko.com
Facebook: www.facebook.com/pemkomfg
Twitter: http://twitter.com/#!/PemkoMfg
PEMKO has manufacturing and warehouse locations in Memphis TN and Ventura CA as well as warehouse locations in Toronto
ON and Vancouver BC.
U.S. Green Building Council logo is a
trademark owned by the U.S. Green Building
Council and is used with permission.
ASSA ABLOY is a member of the USGBC
and CaGBC
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
general information
GI-9
General Information and Terms
Terms:
All prices are F.O.B. factory. To customers with satisfactory and / or prior approved credit and account status, terms of
2% 10th prox., NET 20th will be allowed. Please enclose an account application prior to or with your initial order.
Credit Card Capabilities:
Visa, Mastercard and American Express are accepted (only for established open accounts). Payment terms are NET.
Freight Terms:
All orders are F.O.B. factory. For NET orders of $1000.00 or more, freight will be prepaid in the continental U.S. for
shipment the most economical way. For shipments to Hawaii on NET orders of $1350.00 or more, freight will be prepaid
the most economical way. A freight allowance of $13 / cwt will apply on shipments to Canada, Alaska, or Puerto Rico for
NET orders of $1100.00 or more. All shipments that exceed 108" in packaged length must be shipped LTL. Add 2" to the
length of the product for nish package length. Minimum freight on these orders is $120.00.
Crating Charges/Special Packaging:
$50.00 NET. This will be added to any order not meeting prepaid freight where the product is over 10' in length
or for welded threshold assemblies.
Minimum Order Level:
A surcharge of $7.50 NET will be added to NET orders less than $50.00.
Returns And Allowances:
No merchandise will be accepted for return or credit unless prior written approval is obtained. Returned merchandise
must be of recent sale (12 months), in restockable / resalable quality, size, and condition. S88, S44, S44x2, S776, S773,
S773x2 S772, S771, S771x6, PK55, and PK33 may only be returned within six (6) months of the date of sale.
Contact PEMKO Customer Service for rules and Return Goods Authorization paperwork.
Cancellation Charges:
Cancelled orders for special material, non-stock sizes, or special sizes are subject to cancellation charges, based on factory
expense and material used.
Guarantee:
PEMKO products are guaranteed for ve (5) years against defects in material or workmanship, except: 1) PemKote™
abrasive surface for thresholds is guaranteed for for ten (10) years. 2) Polyurethane Foam Tapes are guaranteed for 90 days.
3) Grade 1 PemkoHinges are guaranteed for the life of the opening against defects in material or workmanship.
All other Grades of PemkoHinge carry a ten (10) year warranty. 4) Electrical modication is guaranteed for ve (5) years.
5) PC Henderson products are guaranteed or two (2) year against defects in material workmanship. PEMKO will not be
liable for defects or damages arising from improper installation, product modication, incorrect application or storage of
product. Written notice of damages must occur within the warranty period. Liability shall be limited to the replacement
of product or component determined to be defective and shall not include costs arising from removal or reinstallation of
product. Cost of replacement shall not exceed original purchase price. No other claims will be allowed. In no event shall
liability be extended to include punitive, incidental or consequential damages arising from use of PEMKO products. This is
the sole warranty given by Pemko Manufacturing. No other warranty implied or expressed shall be allowed.
Claims For Shortage Or Damage In Transit:
All claims must be made within ten (10) days of receipt of goods. Consignee assumes the risk of loss or damage in transit.
Mill Lengths:
Most extrusions are available in mill lengths. Cut lengths over 12 feet are charged as mill lengths.
Ordering Information:
Please order material by product number, specifying length required per piece and the number of pieces. Most
weatherstrips are stocked in standard sizes. If it is not practical to furnish the size ordered, the next larger size will be
furnished and charged. Thresholds are maintained in standard sizes with 1⁄2" extra length on thresholds thru 47" and 1"
extra length for thresholds 48" and longer to allow for tting and eld trim, unless exact net cut size is specied.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
general information
GI-10
General Information and Terms
Non-Stock Finish Information:
Some items shown in this catalog are not stocked in certain nishes (i.e. BDG, G, PW, and SN). ‘Batch charges’ may be
required on non-stock nishes to achieve our normally fast lead times. Contact PEMKO Customer Service for a
quotation and lead time.
Option Tables:
The option tables are provided for selection of other than standard or normal nishes, components, fabrication, or fasteners.
Since these are other than standard or normal, please allow for extra lead time for extra lead time for option(s) selected.
Orders are subject to acceptance by PEMKO. All prices and terms are subject to change without notice.
How to Order (Product Number Designations):
When placing your order, please specify the product prole number, nish, insert and size/length. Also make sure to clearly state
any special fabrication needs, optional fasteners or custom nishes/sizes required.
Throughout the catalog, products are listed with an underscore ( _ ) where variable nishes are available. More in-depth ordering
information for specic lines is available in the individual product sections of the catalog.
Standard Products:
Example: 2001 A T 36 (Shown as 2001_T in catalog)
Adhesive Gasketing Products:
Example: S773 D 21 (Shown as S773_ in catalog)
For PemkoHinge™ and Modular Ramps, see detailed ordering information in their individual sections.
Prole#: Finish: Insert: Size/Length:
2001 A T = ThermoSeal™ 36 = 36"
216 SN PK = PemkoPrene 48 = 48"
297 BDG V = Vinyl 3684 = 1 piece @ 36"
+ 2 pieces @ 84"
Prole#: Finish: Size/Length:
S773 D 21 = 21' coil
PK55 BL 510 = 510' (bulk packaging)
S88 W 17 = 17' coil
Cutting Tolerances:
Elastometric: -0 + 2" (50.8mm)
Thresholds (up to 48"): + 1⁄2" (12.7mm)
Thresholds (48" and up): +1" (25.4mm)
Net Cut: +/- 0.060, 1⁄16" (1.5mm)
Hinges: +/- 0.032, 1⁄32" (0.8mm)
Automatic Door Bottoms: +/- 0.060, 1⁄16" (1.5mm)
Materials and Finishes Information
Metals:
PEMKO’s extruded metal products are made from 6063 aluminum alloy or CDA alloy C38500 architectural bronze (brass).
Roll-formed metal products are made from stainless steel, high-strength special-purpose zinc alloy, 70-30 yellow brass,
or 85-15 red brass. Roll-formed aluminum weatherstripping is produced from various alloys selected for the particular
properties required. See nishes information below for all nish designations. If you do not see the option you require,
please inquire with our Customer Service Department about the feasibility of a custom nish.
Standard Finishes:
A - Mill Finish Aluminum
AK - Mill Finish Aluminum w/PemKote™
B - Mill Finish Extruded Bronze (Brass)
BDC - Bright Dip Clear Anodized Aluminum
BDG - Bright Dip Gold Anodized Aluminum
C - Clear Anodized Aluminum
CB - Cladded Brass
D - Dark Bronze Anodized Aluminum
G - Gold Anodized Aluminum
K - PemKote™ (on aluminum or bronze)
PA - Mill Finish Aluminum
PD - Painted Dark Bronze Aluminum
PG - Painted Gold Aluminum
PW - Painted White Aluminum
S - Cladded Stainless Steel
SN - Satin Nickel Anodized Aluminum
SP - Galvannealed Steel
SS - Stainless Steel (see individual part for nish)
Z - Zinc Metal
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
general information
GI-11
Special Order Finishes:
Champagne
Light/Medium Dark Bronze
Painted Aluminum (any color)
Polished Aluminum, Uncoated
Polished Bronze, Uncoated
Satin Brushed Aluminum, Uncoated
Satin Brushed Bronze, Uncoated
Oxidized and Oil Rubbed Bronze
Finish Options:
PemKote™
Anodized (clear, light/medium dark bronze, black, Champagne, gold)
Chrome Plate
Prime Coat
Pewter Finish for Aluminum
Polish/Buff Brass
Polish/Buff Aluminum
Satin Buff Brushed Brass
Oxidized & Oil Rubbed L-metal (ANSI/BHMA 722)
Oxidized & Oil Rubbed L-metal (custom nish)
Oxidized & Oil Rubbed Thresholds (ANSI/BHMA 722)
Oxidized & Oil Rubbed Thresholds (custom nish)
Oxidized & Oil Rubbed Weatherstrip (ANSI/BHMA 722)
Oxidized & Oil Rubbed Weatherstrip (custom nish)
Adhesive Gasketing And Replacement Vinyl Finishes:
BL - Black
C - Clear
D - Dark Brown
GR - Light Gray
TAN - Tan
W - White
Lites & Louvers Finishes:
B - California Beige Powder Coat
D - Dark Bronze Duranodic Powder Coat
G - Gray Primer Powder Coat
Inserts:
PEMKO manufactures many products with gasket inserts (seals). See insert information below for all insert (seal)
designations. Also, the available inserts (seals) for each individual product are shown adjacent to each individual product.
E - EPDM
M - Magnetic
N - Neoprene or EPDM*
NB - Nylon Brush
P - Pile
PK - PemkoPrene**
Q - Kerf-in Foam
R - Sponge Neoprene or EPDM*
S - SiliconSeal or Sponge Silicone
(see individual part)
SB - Soft Brush
T - ThermoSeal™
TF - Triple Foam
V - Vinyl
*N: As we “Green” PEMKO's inserts “N” may be either Neoprene or EPDM.
*R: As we “Green” PEMKO's inserts “R” may be either Sponge Neoprene or Sponge EPDM.
Over time, these inserts will move to EPDM material.
**PK: In order to best control our customers’ costs some PK (Santoprene™) products may be a silicon based elastomeric
material with comparable performance.
NOTE: If any of this may cause an issue, please contact PEMKO Customer Service for specic insert information or solutions.
Fabrication Options:
PEMKO offers many fabrication options to t specic job requirements. Please consult our Customer Service and/or Engineering
departments for details. Custom fabrications are subject to engineering design costs and are quoted on a time and material basis.
Bevel One Edge
Cut Thresho-Sill Nosing Flush
Leadline Leadline of Astragals, Door Bottoms
Rip Width
Tack Weld One Line
Tab Welded Tab & Screw
Support Leg For Elevated Plates 3" Center to Center
L-Notch Both Ends of Threshold
U-Notch Both Ends of Threshold
Drill Thresho-Sill (Add “H” to Prod. #)
Mill & Drill Thresho-Sill (Add “M” to Prod. #)
Miter1 Single, One End of Threshold
Miter2 Single, Both Ends of Threshold
Miter1 Double, One End of Threshold
Miter2 Double, Both Ends of Threshold
Half Notch 1⁄2", Door Shoe, Both Ends, Drip Only
Half Notch 3⁄4", Door Shoe, Drip Only, Both Ends
Half Notch 5⁄8", Door Shoe, Drip Only, Both Ends
Half Notch 9⁄16", Door Shoe, Drip Only, Both Ends
Full Notch 1⁄2", Door Shoe, Both Ends
Weep Holes All Door Shoes
Fabrication Options Important Note: Complicated
fabrications are quoted based on time and materials.
Product drawings throughout the catalog may be a reduced representation / not drawn to scale. They are representations
of the product size, dimensions, shape, etc. For scale drawings in PDF or AutoCAD (DWG or DXF) format, please visit our
website: www.pemko.com
Drawings
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
general information
GI-12
Product Testing/Classication Symbols
Air Inltration Tested
Tested To: ASTM E-283
Products indicated by this symbol have been air inltration tested in accordance with the requirements
of ASTM E-283 Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors.
Sound Tested
Tested To: ASTM E 90-2009
Products indicated by this symbol have been acoustically tested in accordance with ASTM E 90-2009. Method for
Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions Tests were conducted by Western
Electro-Acoustic Laboratory Inc., and Riverbank Acoustical Laboratory. Both are accredited laboratories for acoustic
testing. Contact PEMKO for recommended SoundSeal Systems.
Barrier-Free
Meets Requirements of: ADAAG-2010 (Amended) and ICC / ANSI A117.1-2009
Products indicated by this symbol are access compliant by having installed height differences not over 1⁄2" with allowable
edge and slope conditions. All ramp products have ADA compliant 1:12 slopes: PEMKO Modular Ramp Thresholds
(Ramps Section), Rubber Ramp Thresholds (Ramps Section), and Recycled Rubber Ramps (Ramps Section). Contact
PEMKO or refer to page GI-15 for recommended BarrierFree Systems.
Non-Skid/PemKote™
Meets Requirements of: ASTM D 2047 & Federal Specications P-F-430C
PemKote™ is a rugged abrasive nish of nickel-aluminum composite which is fused to the metal surface by an exothermic
reaction. This process produces an aesthetically pleasing skid resistant coating with extremely high bond strength and
excellent resistance to oxidation. PemKote™ carries a TEN (10) YEAR GUARANTEE, and is available on all PEMKO
metal thresholds and metal modular ramps. PEMKO highly recommends the use of PemKote™ for all Barrier-Free
Modular Ramps and as a durable, economical alternative for cast abrasive products.
Smoke Tested
Tested To: UL 1784
Meets Requirements of: NFPA 105-2010
Products indicated by this symbol are Listed by WYLE Laboratories as having been tested in accordance with Underwriters
Laboratories Inc.®, Standard UL 1784 Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies, and meet the performance criteria
for allowable air leakage as specied in NFPA 105-2010 Installation of Smoke Control Door Assemblies.
Fire Rated
Products indicated by this symbol are re rated, classied and listed (U.S.A. and Canada) to meet the requirements/
standards of UL10B, UL10C, and UL10C (Edge Sealing). For a complete listing of re rated and UL rated products,
please refer to the UL website.
PemkoHinge™ Rating:
All models designated with these symbols are tested and certied by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.® (U.S.A. and
Canada) to standards UL10B and UL10C for up to a 3-Hour Fire Listing for all 4'-0" x 10'-0" and 8'-0" x 10'-0" door
and frame assemblies. Fire listing certications apply to all approved hollow metal and wood door assemblies in
drywall or masonry wall construction. Check UL Rating #R14745 on the UL website for a complete and current
listing of applicable PemkoHinge™ products.
These symbols are shown adjacent to products throughout the catalog so that one can readily identify and select products which
meet specication and/or code requirements.
Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association:
Products indicated by this symbol have been voluntarily submitted to rigid third party testing and follow-up audits to
conrm that they fully and continuously meet or exceed the requirements of their underlying ANSI / BHMA Standards.
These products are listed in the BHMA Directory of Certied Products, published annually, and available
for purchase from BHMA. They are also posted and frequently updated on the BHMA website at
www.buildershardware.com. PEMKO products are covered by the following: ANSI / BHMA A156.21-2009 Standard
for Thresholds, ANSI / BHMA A156.222011 Standard for Door Gasketing Systems, and ANSI / BHMA A156.26-2005
Standard for Continuous Hinges.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
general information
GI-13
UL1S47 - Check UL Rating #R18375 on the UL website for a complete and current listing of applicable PEMKO
edge sealing and re glazing products (not specically listed by item in this product catalog).
UL4L10 - Check UL Rating #R14369 on the UL website for a complete and current listing of applicable PEMKO
products (not specically listed by item in this product catalog).
Check PEMKO’s Category G, Category H and Category J listings on ITS website www.intertek.com for a
complete and current listing of applicable PEMKO edge sealing, perimeter gasketing and re glazing products.
Product Testing/Classication Symbols
ANSI/BHMA
The following interprets ANSI/BHMA numbers which identify material and type of products. For products that meet
ANSI/BHMA Standards, look for the BHMA certied logo next to the product in our catalog. For a complete listing refer
to the BHMA Certied Products Directory on line at www.buildershardware.com.
American National Standard for Thresholds ANSI/BHMA A156.21 (2009)
1 Product Section “J” Designates Architectural Door Trim, Thresholds
2 Material 3 Conguration 4 Surface 5 Description 6 Description
1. Architectural
Extruded Brass
or Bronze
3. Aluminum
5. Stainless Steel
7. Rubber & similar
nonmetallic
0. Other (ie: cast
iron, safety
abrasive, etc.)
1. Compressing top
2. Flat Saddle
3. Half Saddle
4. Interlocking
5. Rabbeted, latching/Panic wtih gasket
7. Plate
8. Ramped
9. Saddle for oor closer
0. None designated
1. Fluted
2. Fluted with abrasive
3. Smooth
4. Smooth with abrasive
1. Applied Stop
2. Applied Stop with gasket
3. Barrier Free
4. Carpet Separator
5. Ends Mitered
6. Expansion Assembly
7. Hook Strip
Applied to door
8. Offset
9. Thermal Barrier
0. None Designated
1. Applied Stop
2 . Applied Stop with
gasket
3. Carpet Separator
5. Ends Mitered
6. Expansion Assembly
7. Hook Strip
Applied to door
8. Offset
9. Thermal Barrier
0. None Designated
American National Standard for Door Gasketing and Edge Seal Systems ANSI/BHMA A156.22 (2011)
1 Product Section “R” Designated Gasketing
2 Product Material 3 Gasketing Material 4 Product Type 5 Material Application 6 Gasketing Rating
1. Brass or Bronze
3. Aluminum
5. Stainless Steel
0. Optional material
or none used
A. Brush
B. Neoprene, solid
C. Neoprene, closed cell
D. Vinyl
E. Silicone Rubber
F. Pile
G. Thermoplastic
Elastomer (TPE)
H. Thermoplastic
Urethane (TPU)
J. Thermoplastic
Rubber
K. Spring Metal
L. Magnetic
M. Felt
N. Robber Fabric
P. Intumescent
Q. Intumescent/Brush
R. Intumescent/
Neoprene, Solid
S. Intumescent/
Neoprene Closed
Cell
T. Intumescent/Vinyl
U. Intumescent/
Silicone Rubber
V. Intumescent/Pile
W. Intumescent/
Thermoplastic (TPE)
X. Intumescent/
Thermoplastic
Urethane (TPU)
Y. Optional material
or none used
Z. Intumescent/
Thermoplastic
Rubber
1. Head and Jamb
2. Head and Jamb,
Adjustable
3. Automatic Door
Bottom
4. Door Sweep or Shoe
5. Door Sweep or Shoe
with Drip Cap
6. Astragal Overlapping
7. Astragal Split or
Compensating
8. Astragal Adjustable
9. Rain Drip without
gasket
0. Other
1. Door Edge
2. Door Edge, Mortise
3. Door Face
4. Door Face,
Semi-Mortise
5. Frame Rabbet
(surface or mortise)
6. Frame Soft (H.M.)
Frame Stop (WD)
7. Frame Face
8. Kerf
9. Stop (H.M.),
Stop Face (WD)
0. Other
0. Smoke/Energy
Performance/
Acoustic Rated
1. Smoke/Energy
Performance Rated
2. Smoke/Acoustic
Rated
3. Energy Performance/
Acoustic Rated
4. Smoke Rated
5. Energy Performance
Rated
6. Items not Rated
7. Acoustic Rated
American National Standard for the Explanation of Numbering System. First letter denotes BHMA Product Section (A)
First Numeral-
Material
Second Numeral-
Type of Product
Third Numeral-
Electrical Modications
Fourth Numeral-
Door Weight (lbs)
Fifth Numeral-
Grade Classication
Second Letter-
Hinge Type
1. Brass, Bronze
3. Aluminum
5. Stainless Steel,
300 Series
8. Steel
1. Edge Mounted Hinges
2. Half Edge Mounted Hinges
3. Full Surface Hinges
4. Half Surface Hinges
5. Swing Clear
6. Raised Barrel
7. Wide Throw
0. Other
0. None
1. Concealed Wire Transfer
2. Monitor
3. Power Transfer
4. Other
1. 150
2. 300
3. 600
4. 1200
1. Grade 1
2. Grade 2
3. Grade 3
B. Barrel
G. Geared
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
general information
GI-14
STC Rating
The range of sound frequencies used in these tests is that of normal human speech and hearing, and in most cases the level
of attenuation achieved does not totally eliminate but rather mufes the sound to an unin telligible level. The chart shown
compares the level of speech that would be heard through a door system having the indicated active STC rating (active STC
rating is for an operable system as contrasted to the sealed-in-place rating of the door only).
Note: Standard non-acoustic doors can be anticipated to provide the following ratings:
• solid core wood = STC 28 to STC 32
• insulated hollow metal = STC 38 to STC 40
30 35 40 45 50
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Decrease in Decibels for Active System
Active
STC Rating Level Of Speech Heard
STC-30 Loud speech understood
STC-35 Loud speech heard but not understood
STC-40 Loud speech audible as a murmur
STC-45 Some loud speech barely audible
STC-48 Hearing strained to hear loud speech
STC-50 Loud speech not audible
SoundSeal Systems
Introduction:
PEMKO SoundSeal Systems and sound tested products are the the result of extensive testing in acoustic laboratories.
Our current listings represent those systems which performed consistently and with the highest STC ratings. STC stands
for “Sound Transmission Class”, wherein the higher the rating, the lower the transmission of sound.
Methods and Procedures:
Testing conforms to the provisions and requirements of ASTM E 90-2009 Standard Test Method for Laboratory
Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements. The system assembly is placed in
the test chamber between the source room and receiving room and is subjected to 17 one-third octave bands between
125 and 5000 Hertz. The resulting sound transmission loss values are tabulated in accordance with ASTM E 413 Standard
Classication for Rating Sound Insulation. The Sound Transmission Class (STC) rating is determined by comparison to the
standard STC contour.
Acoustic Performance Expectations:
When acoustic gasketing is required there are two basic guidelines to consider: (1) Is the surrounding construction
compatible with the STC rating desired? (2) Does the door and frame being considered have an ample STC rating? The
following can be used as a guideline for determining the decrease in decibels that can be anticipated with any PEMKO
SoundSeal System: standard solid core wood doors will have a rating of about STC-30 and any PEMKO SoundSeal System
will maintain this level with no additional loss. For an acoustic steel door with an STC-50 rating, the resulting active rating
with a PEMKO SoundSeal System will be STC-45, a decrease of 5dB.
STC Rating
general information
GI-14
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
general information
GI-15
Barrier-Free Systems
PEMKO offers many products, including modular ramps, thresholds and oor treads, that help you meet the requirements of
the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) as outlined in the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG-
2010 amended); ICC /ANSI A117.1-2009 Standard Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; any of the various Uniform
Building Codes; or state access codes (e.g. California Building Code, Title 24).
The following table shows which PEMKO products comply with the ADAAG and ICC /ANSI standard and also notes their
respective sections.
PemKote™: skid resistant surface.
Skid resistant.
ICC / ANSI A117.1 (ADAAG) PEMKO Recommendation
302 (4.5) Floor or Ground Surfaces.
302.1 (4.5.1) General. "shall be slip resistant"
General: “slip-resistant” PemKote™ non-slip
• PemKote™ (nish code: “K”) is a rugged abrasive
nish of nickel-aluminum composite
• PemKote™ provides safety in environments used by
youths and people with disabilities
• For complete information, see the Modular Ramps section
302.2 (4.5.3) Carpet. “Exposed edges of carpet....
shall have trim along the entire length of the
exposed edge. Trim shall comply with Section
303”
303 (4.5) Changes in Level
303.2 (4.5.2) Vertical. “Changes in level of 1⁄4"
(6mm) high maximum shall be beveled with a
slope not steeper than 1:2”
303.3 (4.5.2) Beveled. “Changes in level between
1⁄4" (6mm) high minimum and 1⁄2" (13mm) high
maximum shall be beveled with a slope not
steeper than 1:2”
303.4 (4.5.2) Ramped. “Changes in level greater
than 1⁄2" (13mm) shall be ramped and comply
with Section 405 (4.8)”
• Assemblies accommodate 1⁄2" to 21⁄4" oor offsets in meeting the 1:12
slope requirements of the “Americans with Disabilities Act”
• Rubber ramp component assemblies meet the same requirements.
• Answer the needs of architects, speciers, building owners, installers,
and most importantly, physically challenged people
• For use in schools, hospitals, stadiums, ofces, restaurants, hotels,
airports, and more
• For complete information, see the Modular Ramps section
404 (4.13) Doors and Doorways.
404.2.5 (4.13.8) Thresholds at Doorways.
“...shall be 1⁄2" high maximum...shall comply
with Sections 302 and 303”
404.2.9 (4.13.11) Door-Opening Force
405 (4.8) Ramps
405.2 (4.8.2) Slope. “Ramp runs shall have a
running slope not steeper than 1:12”
(Note: Some exceptions apply to this with respect to
existing buildings having space limitations. Consult
PEMKO for specic applications.)
504 (4.9) Stairways
504.4 Tread Surface
504.5 (4.9.3) Nosings
Note: See Commercial Thresholds section (page CT-23) for more options.
Note: See Commercial Thresholds section (pages CT21 - CT22) for more options.
Note: See Commercial Thresholds section (pages CT-2 - CT-7) for more options.
Note: See Commercial Thresholds section (pages CT2 - CT-7, and CT-13) for more options.
Note: See Modular Ramp section (pages MR-2 - MR-10) for more options.
Note: See Floor Treads section (pages CT-21-CT-22) and Floor Molding,
Trim section (page FM-2) for more options.
PemkoHinge™
Continuous Geared Aluminum Hinges
CONTENTS:
What is PemkoHinge™ .........................................................................................................................................................PH-2
PemkoHinge™ Attributes/Design Features ................................................................................................................ PH-2
Ordering Chart......................................................................................................................................................................... PH-2
BHMA Certication Program ..........................................................................................................................................PH-3
Hospital Tip ................................................................................................................................................................................. PH-3
Cycle Requirements ...............................................................................................................................................................PH-3
Weight Bearing..........................................................................................................................................................................PH-3
UL Fire Labeling ........................................................................................................................................................................ PH-3
Electrical Modications .........................................................................................................................................................PH-4
Options For Electrically Modied PemkoHinge™ .................................................................................................. PH-4
X-Series PemkoHinge™ ........................................................................................................................................................PH-5
Offset Hinge ...............................................................................................................................................................................PH-6
Full-Mortise Hinges.................................................................................................................................................................PH-7
Special Full-Mortise Hinges ................................................................................................................................................PH-8
Kawneer Full-Mortise Hinges ............................................................................................................................................ PH-9
Raised Gear Hinges ................................................................................................................................................................ PH-9
Full-Mortise Safety Hinges ...............................................................................................................................................PH-10
Wide Throw Full-Mortise Hinges ................................................................................................................................PH-11
Wide Throw Half-Surface Hinges................................................................................................................................PH-11
Half-Mortise Hinges ............................................................................................................................................................PH-12
Full Surface Center Pivot Hinge ...................................................................................................................................PH-13
Full Surface Balanced Pivot Hinge ...............................................................................................................................PH-13
Full-Surface Hinges ...............................................................................................................................................................PH-13
Aluminum Hinges For Aluminum Doors Under 90 lbs ..................................................................................PH-14
Full Mortise Residential Hinges .....................................................................................................................................PH-14
Firepins™ ..................................................................................................................................................................................PH-15
INDEX:
AL_FM ............................PH-14
AL_FS ..............................PH-14
FM ......................................... PH-7
FM_RG............................... PH-9
FM_SF .............................. PH-10
FM_SLF .............................. PH-7
FM_SLF138 ..................PH-14
FM_SLI ............................... PH-7
FM_SLISF .......................PH-10
FS .......................................PH-13
FS_BP ............................... PH-12
FS_CP ..............................PH-13
HM .................................... PH-12
HS ......................................PH-12
HS_SF ..............................PH-12
K_FM ...................................PH-9
OS_FM............................... PH-6
OS_HS ............................... PH-6
RS175 ..............................PH-14
SPFM ...................................PH-8
SPFM_SLF......................... PH-8
SPFM_SLI ..........................PH-8
WT_FM ..........................PH-11
WT_HS ..........................PH-11
XF ......................................... PH-5
XM ....................................... PH-5
X25M .................................. PH-5
PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
pemkohinge™
PH-2
PemkoHinge™ Attributes:
• With a continuous hinge, typical alignment problems
(such as door sag and binding) are eliminated
• The continuous hinge distributes load stress uniformly
along the full length of the door and frame
• The gear design of the continuous hinge ensures
symmetrical operation of each leaf
• 1⁄2 lb. or less operating force required to operate most
doors, regardless of size
• Low operating force feature makes continuous hinges
ideal for doors used by the physically challenged
• The continuous hinge, when installed on standard
steel doors and frames, requires no additional
reinforcement. However, hinge preps must have llers
installed for proper operation
• A high degree of security can be achieved for exterior
openings or restricted spaces by using a continuous
hinge. With the geared construction and the full-length
channel cap, the common gap between the door and
frame is sealed, which provides security against prying
• In addition, the continuous full-height hinge cap protects
against pinching ngers in doors in public areas,
particularly those where children are present
• Sight proof design of the continuous hinge provides
privacy for lavatories, executive ofces, or le rooms
PemkoHinge™ Superior Design:
• PemkoHinge™ has increased critical stress points of the hinge
leaf extrusions providing additional strengths and rigidity to
the completed product
• PemkoHinge™ bearing design eliminates premature wear,
guarantees proper alignment, and requires fewer bearings
to carry more weight. The bearing is produced for PEMKO
using a chemical composition and injection process that
provides a stronger, more accurately formed bearing
• PemkoHinge™ is designed with inter-meshing gear segments
in the hinge which provide 50% more bearing surface
resulting in less wear
• PemkoHinge™ goes through the anodizing process after
completing all machining. This means the machined
aluminum surfaces that are in direct contact with the
bearing have a smoother, harder surface, thereby
reducing wear
• PemkoHinge™ maintains uniform bearing spacing for the full
length of the hinge even when lengths exceed 10'
• PemkoHinge™ uses #12-24 size fasteners instead of #10.
(#12 Tek fasteners available upon request)
• PemkoHinge™ commercial models are ideal for use on lead
lined doors (i.e. hospital X-ray rooms), without requiring
special screw locations
How To Order (Hinge Part Designations)
Finishes Hinge Types Lengths Hinge Options Capacity
BL Black Anodized AL_FM Aluminum Full-Mortise 79 "blank" Standard "blank" Standard Duty
C Clear Anodized AL_HS Aluminum Half-Surface 83 CP Center Pivot HD1 Heavy Duty, Grade 1
D Dark Bronze Anodized FM Full-Mortise 85 RG Raised Gear HD3 Heavy Duty, Grade 3
G Gold Anodized FS Full-Surface 95 SF Safety
PW Painted White HS Half-Surface 120 SL Short Leaf (residential only)
SN Satin Nickel Anodized RS138 Full-Mortise Residential: 1-3/8" SLF Short Leaf Flush
RS175 Full-Mortise Residential: 1-3/4" SLI Short Leaf Inset
SPFM Special Full-Mortise
WT_FM Wide Throw Full-Mortise
WT_HS Half-Surface
Example: D| SPFM | 85 | SLI | HD1
What is PemkoHinge™?
PemkoHinge™ consists of two full-height, paired and geared leaves. Each geared leaf rotates evenly from top to bottom riding
on proprietary polymer blended bearings. The geared leaves and bearings are held together by a full-length channel cap. This
assembly retains the smooth, clean lines of the door and frame, while easily supporting heavy vertical loads.
PemkoHinge™
SECURITY, SAFETY, PRIVACY, LOW WEAR AND TEAR
SPFMSPFM
Special Full-MortiseSpecial Full-Mortise
DD
Dark Bronze AnodizedDark Bronze Anodized
SLISLI
Short Leaf InsetShort Leaf Inset
HDHD
11
Heavy Duty, Grade Heavy Duty, Grade
11
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
pemkohinge™
PH-3
BHMA Certication Program
This program was developed to establish product classications
through performance testing. Three grades (1, 2 and 3) of
product classications were established for continuous hinges,
with three weight groups (150, 300 and 600) for each grade:
Grade 3 being the lowest and Grade 1 being the highest
classication. Each classication and weight group has a set of
established cycle requirements and wear characteristics, with a
minimum for vertical and lateral wear to establish a listing under a
weight and grade classication, after the set number of cycles
is completed.
Maximum Vertical Wear Allowable:
• Grade 3 = 0.105"
• Grade 2 = 0.030"
• Grade 1 = 0.020"
Maximum Lateral Wear Allowable:
• All Grades = 0.062"
Cycle requirements range from Grade 3-600 requiring 100,000
cycles through Grade 1-150 requiring 2.5 million cycles.
For more information on certication testing or other product
certication programs, please contact PEMKO Customer Service.
Hospital Tip
A special modication is available for certain hinges which
provides an extra bearing at the top of the gear cap,
leaving no opening. A 45° angled cut on the gear cap and
leaf covers provides a safe environment for hospitals and
correctional facilities.
Cycle Requirements - Per BHMA Standard ANSI/BHMA A156.26-2006
• Standard Duty Hinges (excluding _RS175 & _RS138) conform to Grade 3-150 and Grade 3-300
• HD3 Hinges conform to Grade 3-150, Grade 3-300, and Grade 3-600
• HD1 Hinges conform to Grade 2-150, Grade 1-300, and Grade 1-600
• 1100 Series and X-Series Hinges conform to Grade 1-150
UL Fire Labeled 3-Hour
• All models designated with these symbols are tested and certified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.® (U.S.A. and
Canada) to standards UL10B, UL10C and UBC7.2 (positive pressure) for up to and including a 3-Hour Fire Listing
for all 4'0" x 10'0" and 8'0" x 10'0" door and frame assemblies. Fire listing certifications apply to all approved
hollow metal and wood door assemblies in drywall or masonry wall construction
• Special FirePins™ are only required on 3-Hour assemblies. Please refer to page PH-15 for illustrations and
information regarding the application of PEMKO FirePins™
• All hinges are supplied with standard fastener kits. Replacement kits/individual fasteners may be purchased separately
• TEK/TORX fasteners may be purchased separately. Full-mortise hinges require 40 each; half-surface hinges require
20 each; full-surface hinges require 12 each
• All half-surface and full-surface hinges are supplied with a snap cover for the door leaf. Replacement snap covers may
be purchased separately
• Rain caps may be purchased separately
Hinge Size Number of Door Weight
Bearings
Residential
Hinges 79" and 83" 7 90 lbs.
Standard 83" and 85" 14 280 lbs.
Duty 95" 16 320 lbs.
Hinges 120" 20 400 lbs.
Heavy 83" and 85" 27 540 lbs.
Duty (HD1 & HD3) 95" 31 620 lbs.
Hinges 120" 39 780 lbs.
Weight Bearing - Per BHMA Standard
ANSI/BHMA A156.26-2006
• This information pertains to all commercial models
• Heavier weight can be carried; please contact Customer
Service for applications other than those listed in the chart
• Special hinge reinforcements are not required as hollow
metal door and frame manufacturers’ standard are
acceptable. Removal of hinge reinforcements in the door
and frame is not advised advised. Hinge preps must have
llers installed
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
pemkohinge™
PH-4
Options for Electrically Modied Continuous
Geared Hinges
These options allow variable degrees of service to be
performed at the specic locations of the current carrying
cables by installing a serviceable/removable hinge which
includes a removable module (SER), or installing a hinge with
a pivoting accessible feature (ACC).
• Both options (SER & ACC) are available in 4 Wire (QC4),
8 Wire (QC8), 12 Wire (QC12) variants
• Available on FM, XM, XF, XI, X25M, FS, HS, KFM, SLF
& SLI Models
Serviceable/Removable (SER) Module
The hinge is furnished to be installed in three sections allowing
the current carrying cable to be serviced or replaced without
removing the door from the frame. Additionally, the SER
option allows the current carrying cables to be safely stored
or delivered to the electrician or security contractor prior
to the installation of the electried hardware, eliminating
the necessity of the electrician or security contractor being
present when the doors are being hung.
Product Numbering Example: CFM83HD x QC4-SER
Accessible (ACC) Feature
The hinge is furnished to be installed in a single section
with the leaves modied to pivot at the location of the
current carrying cable and allow access to the cables and
connected wiring.
Product Numbering Example: CFM83HD x QC4-ACC
Concealed Magnetic Monitoring (CM)
Concealed magnetic monitoring is also available with the SER
and ACC options. Magnetic monitor is supplied with monitor
and an adjustable magnet.
Product Numbering Example: CFM83HD x CM-SER
CFM83HD x CM-ACC
Electrically Modied Continuous Geared Hinges
Electrical Modications
• PEMKO has vastly improved the cycle performance of
the electrically modied hinge. Performance testing has
shown that 3,000,000+ cycles can now be achieved using
PEMKO’s exclusive polyurethane-coated 4, 8, or 12
TRI-FLEX titanium copper alloy cables. Each cable is capable
of carrying 16 amps continuous @ 24 volts in-rush for 820
milliseconds. When ordering, please use the “shorthand
code” shown in the chart page PH-2. For example, if you
require a Clear Anodized standard Full-Mortise hinge at
83" with Quick Connect transfer - 4-wire, modied 361⁄4"
from the top, right hand, you would order a CFM83 with
QC4 at 361⁄4" from top - RH
Customer Information Needed:
• Specify handing and prep location if other than
PEMKO standard
Included:
• Molex connectors with ElectroLynx® are warranted for
ve (5) years. Molex connectors are included at each leaf
for ease of electrical connection
• Each electrical prep is supplied with one 48" and one 120"
cable lead
* Electrical Modications Options Code
Additional Length of Quick Connect Cable Leads
Adjustable Concealed Magnetic Monitoring CM
Power Transfer - Prep Only PT
QC4_S*
4 WIRE
Quick Connect
Transfer For Full
Surface (FS) &
Half Surface (HS)
Hinges
QC4*
4 WIRE
Quick Connect
Transfer For
Full Mortise
(FM) Hinges
QC8*
8 WIRE
QC12*
12 WIRE
QC8_S*
8 WIRE
QC12_S*
12 WIRE
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
pemkohinge™
PH-5
NEW!
XM_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D
X-Series PEMKO Hinge
Full Mortise
XF_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D
Short Leaf Flush
XI_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D
X25M_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D
•Widerhingeleavestoaccommodate
doors 21⁄2" thick
•Widerhingeleavestoaccommodate
doors 21⁄2" thick
Short Leaf Inset
Full Mortise for 21⁄2" Thick Door
27 32
(21.4)
23 32
(18.3)
1732
(64.3)
212
(63.5)
2
3 8
(9.5)
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized)
•Thickerleavesthantraditionalcontinuousgearedhinge
and requires no additional clearance
•NewX-Serieshingeallowsforadeepercavityfor
electrical wires when ordering an electried hinge
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
pemkohinge™
PH-6
Offset Hinges
_OS_FM
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D
Offset Full Mortise
_OS_HS
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D
Offset Half Surface
NEW!
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized)
•Usedwhenthedoorneedstoswingoutoftheopening
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
pemkohinge™
PH-7
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
BL (Black Anodized) and PW (Painted White) are special nishes available upon request.
_FM
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, G, PW, SN
Full-Mortise Hinges
Full Mortise
_FM_SLI
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, G, PW, SN
• Designedforusewithdoorswhichrange
between 13⁄4" to 21⁄4"
•Alsousedforbifoldapplicationstokeepthe
faces of the doors ush (not illustrated)
Full Mortise Short Leaf Inset
_FM_SLF
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, G, PW, SN
•Designedforusewithdoorswhichrange
between 13⁄4" to 21⁄4"
•Designedforusewithhollowmetal
frames where the inset conforms to S.D.I.
specications for aligning doors and frames
Full Mortise Short Leaf Flush
• Full-Mortise units are designed mainly for new door
applications and are applied to the frame rabbet and
door face to conceal both leaves
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
pemkohinge™
PH-8
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
BL (Black Anodized) and PW (Painted White) are special nishes available upon request.
_SPFM
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, PW, SN
Special Full-Mortise Hinges
Special Full-Mortise
_SPFM_SLI
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, G, PW, SN
Special Full Mortise Short Leaf Inset
_SPFM_SLF
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, G, PW, SN
Special Full Mortise Short Leaf Flush
• Special Full-Mortise units are designed for door and frame
applications where the hinge leaf may interfere with the
weatherstrip, thermal break, or applied stop of the frame
• Special Full-Mortise hinges are applied to the frame rabbet
and door face to conceal both leaves
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
pemkohinge™
PH-9
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
BL (Black Anodized) and PW (Painted White) are special nishes available upon request.
K_FM
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, PW, SN
Full-Mortise Hinge
Kawneer Full Mortise
• Like our other Full-Mortise units, the Kawneer Hinges are
designed mainly for new door applications and are applied
to the frame rabbet and door face to conceal both leaves
• Developed for the Kawneer “Tufine” series of
aluminum doors
_FM_RG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, PW, SN
Raised Gear Hinge
Raised Gear Full Mortise
• Designed for wood or metal frames with applied facing
or other decorative moldings and to the frame rabbet
and door face to conceal both leaves
• Certain door/frame conditions may require
an extra 1⁄32" to 1⁄16" clearance. Excessive
clearance on re rated assemblies may
violate the requirements of NFPA80
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
pemkohinge™
PH-10
DOOR
JAMB
MIN
25 32
(19.8)
116
(1.6)
34
(44.5)
1
13 16
(20.6)
12
(38.1)
1
21 32
(16.7)
JAMB
DOOR
MIN
25 32
(19.8)
11 16
(17.5) 3 32
(2.4)
34
(44.5)
1
13 16
(20.6)
12
(38.1)
1
_FM_SF
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, PW, SN
Full-Mortise Safety Hinge
Full-Mortise Safety
• Full-Mortise Safety units are designed mainly for new door
applications in child care and nursing facilities
• These hinges require extra clearance and are applied to
conceal both leaves
_FM_SLISF
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, PW, SN
Full-Mortise Short Leaf Inset Safety
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
BL (Black Anodized) and PW (Painted White) are special nishes available upon request.
Full Mortise Hinge for 13⁄8" Door
• More bearings than _RS138 hinge to work in commercial
grade application
• Shorter leaves for thinner doors
FM_ SLF138
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, PW, SN
Full Mortise
pemkohinge™
PH-10
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
pemkohinge™
PH-11
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
Wide Throw Full-Mortise Hinge
• Wide Throw Full-Mortise units are designed mainly for
new door applications that require extra clearance due to
special frame, door or wall design, and are applied to the
frame rabbet and door face to conceal both leaves
• More clearance between the door and frame allows your
door to open 180°
• Available only in heavy duty to support larger doors
Wide Throw Half-Surface Hinge
• Wide Throw Half-Surface units are designed mainly for
retrot applications that require extra clearance due to
special frame, door, or wall design and are applied to the
frame rabbet and the exposed door surface
• Wide Throw Half-Surface units combine the versatility of
the Half-Surface unit and the clearance of a Wide Throw
hinge into one
WT_FM in full open position.
WT_FM
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G
Wide Throw Full Mortise
WT_HS
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G
Wide Throw Half Surface
pemkohinge™
PH-11
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
pemkohinge™
PH-12
HS_SF in deep frame application.
HS_SF is no longer a safety hinge in
this application.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
BL (Black Anodized) and PW (Painted White) are special nishes available upon request.
_HS
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, PW, SN
Half Surface
_HS_SF
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, PW, SN
Half–Surface Safety
Half-Surface Hinge
• Half-Surface units are designed mainly for retrot work,
and are applied to the exposed surface of the door and the
frame rabbet
• Designed for use with hollow metal frames, where the inset
conforms to S.D.I. specications for aligning doors and frames
• Allows for adjustments in order to properly align edge of the
door to the frame
Half-Surface Safety Hinge
• Half-Surface Safety units are designed mainly for retrot
work in child care and nursing facilities and are applied to the
exposed surface of the door and the frame rabbet
Half-Mortise Hinge
• Half-Mortise units are designed mainly for retrot work
and are applied to the exposed surface of the frame and
the door edge
• Designed to require only 5⁄32" clearance instead of 5⁄16" and
also allows for adjustments to properly align edge of the
door to the frame face
_HM
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G
Half–Mortise
pemkohinge™
PH-12
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
pemkohinge™
PH-13
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
BL (Black Anodized) and PW (Painted White) are special nishes available upon request.
Standard Full-Surface Hinge
• Full-Surface units are designed mainly for retrot work,
and are applied to the exposed surfaces of the door
and frame
Full-Surface Center Pivot Hinge
• Full-Surface Center Pivot units are designed mainly for
retrot work and are applied to the exposed surfaces
of the door and frame
• Full-Surface Center Pivot units easily replace butt hinges
since no door or frame adjustments are necessary and are
more versatile with restricted frame faces
_FS
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, PW, SN
Full Surface
_FS_CP
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, PW, SN
Full Surface Center Pivot
Full Surface Balanced Pivot Hinge
• Allows for easy replacement from butt hinges as the pivot
point remains the same and no door or frame adjustments
are necessary
• No template adjustments are needed for existing door
opening/closing devices
• Equal length leaves provide an aesthetic appearance
• Good in a bi-fold application where two doors need to
be hinged
NEW!
_FS_BP
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, PW, SN
Full Surface Balanced Pivot
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
pemkohinge™
PH-14
Aluminum Hinges For Aluminum Doors Under 90 lbs.
• These aluminum hinges are strictly for use on light weight
aluminum doors weighing less than 90 lbs.
• Use in lieu of top/bottom pivots or butt hinges
• Less expensive than standard Full-Mortise hinges
when an economical alternative is required
• NOTE: All AL series hinges are excluded from the
“Life of The Opening” guarantee, and instead carry
a ten (10) year warranty
• Aluminum Full-Surface units are designed
mainly for retrot work and are applied
to the exposed surfaces of the door frame
AL_FM
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D
Aluminum Full-Mortise
AL_FS
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D
Aluminum Full-Surface Hinges
• Aluminum Full-Mortise units are designed
mainly for new door applications and are
applied to conceal both leaves
Full-Mortise Residential Hinges
• Full-Mortise Residential units are designed mainly for new
door and frame applications, and are applied to conceal
both leaves
• Designed for 13⁄4" MAXIMUM thickness with a weight
up to 90 lbs.
• NOTE: All RS series hinges are excluded from the
“LIFE OF THE OPENING” guarantee, and instead
carry a ten (10) year warranty
_RS175
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D
_RS138
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D
• Shorter leaves for thinner doors
• Designed for doors 13⁄8" thick
with a weight limit up to 90 lbs.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized)
pemkohinge™
PH-14
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
pemkohinge™
PH-15
• FirePins™ are required to achieve 3-hour re rating
• Although PemkoHinge™ Continuous Hinges carry UL
Fire Ratings unequaled in the industry, some applications
may require the use of FirePins™
• FirePin™ applications fall within the UL guidelines
for retro-tting assemblies in the eld. Expensive
shop modications and door/frame reinforcements
are not required
• FirePins™ also add extra security to a door assembly
FirePins For Use With 3-Hour Fire Rated Assemblies
Full-Surface Hinges
Full-Mortise Hinges
Half-Surface Hinges
80" to 95"
Hinges 96" to 120"
Hinges
FirePin Locations
•Thelocations(illustrated
right) indicate where holes
should be drilled on the
hinge edge of the door
•Theselocationsare
appropriate for all hinge
models (Full-Mortise, Full-
Surface, and Half-Surface)
COMMERCIAL THRESHOLDS
CONTENTS:
Saddle Thresholds ..................................................................................................................................................CT-2-CT-7
Half Saddles/Offset Saddles .........................................................................................................................................CT-8
Stainless Steel Saddles .....................................................................................................................................................CT-9
Thermal Barrier Saddles .............................................................................................................................C T- 10-CT-11
Stainless Steel Thermal Barrier Threshold .........................................................................................................C T- 12
Latching Panic Exit Saddles........................................................................................................................C T- 13-CT-15
Latching Panic Exit Saddles - Thermal Barrier ................................................................................C T- 16-CT-17
Acoustic Thresholds ......................................................................................................................................................C T- 17
Vinyl Thresholds ...............................................................................................................................................................C T- 18
Adjustable Width Vinyl Thresholds ........................................................................................................................C T- 19
Heavy Duty Thresholds ............................................................................................................................................... CT-20
Modular Heavy Duty Thresholds ........................................................................................................................... CT-20
Floor Plates/Safety Treads ............................................................................................................................CT-21-CT-22
Aluminum Plates ............................................................................................................................................................. CT-22
Carpet Separators ......................................................................................................................................................... CT-23
Floor Plate Supports/Accessories ......................................................................................................................... CT-24
Elevators .............................................................................................................................................................................. CT-24
Threshold Stop Strips .................................................................................................................................................. CT-25
Floor Closer Thresholds/Cover Plate Assemblies ........................................................................................CT-26
INDEX:
14/1 ...................................CT-22
18/1 ...................................CT-22
151 .......................................CT-2
154 ........................................CT-4
154SS ..................................CT-9
156 ........................................CT-6
157 ........................................CT-8
158 ........................................CT-8
159 .....................................C T- 14
166 ........................................CT-4
168 .....................................CT-75
169 ........................................CT-3
170 ........................................CT-3
171 .......................................CT-4
172 ........................................CT-5
173 ........................................CT-2
174 .....................................CT-23
175 ........................................CT-4
175SS ..................................CT-9
176 ........................CT-5, CT-26
176x170 .........................CT-26
176x171 .........................CT-26
177 .....................................C T- 14
179 .....................................C T- 13
181 ....................................C T- 15
182 ........................................CT-8
183 .....................................CT-24
184 .....................................CT-25
185 .....................................C T- 15
188 .....................................CT-24
189 .....................................CT-24
190 .....................................CT-21
191 ....................................CT-21
192 .....................................CT-21
193 .....................................CT-21
193x2/195 .....................CT-26
194 .....................................CT-24
195 .....................................CT-24
196 .....................................CT-24
198 ........................................CT-6
200 ..................................... CT-24
227 ........................................CT-7
228 .....................................CT-21
229 ........................................CT-7
230 ..................................... CT-23
236 ..................................... CT-23
246 ..................................... CT-23
252 ........................................CT-7
252SS ...................................CT-9
252x2_FG ......................C T- 11
252x226 ..........................C T- 15
252x226_FGT .............C T- 16
252x2SS ..........................C T- 12
252x3SS ..........................C T- 12
252x4SS ..........................C T- 12
252x3_FG ......................C T- 11
253 ........................................CT-7
253SS ...................................CT-9
252x3_FG ......................C T- 11
253x3SS ..........................C T- 12
253x4_FG ......................C T- 11
253x4SS ..........................C T- 12
253x226_FGT .............C T- 16
254 ........................................CT-7
254SS ...................................CT-9
254x4...................CT-5, CT-26
254x4_FG ......................C T- 11
254x4SS ..........................C T- 12
254x4x170 .................... CT-26
254x4x171 .................... CT-26
254x5_FG ......................C T- 11
254x226 ..........................C T- 15
254x226_FGT .............C T- 16
255 ........................................CT-7
255x5...................................CT-6
255x5_FG ......................C T- 10
255x226 ..........................C T- 15
255x226_FGT. .............C T- 16
256 ........................................CT-7
256x6...................................CT-6
256x6_FG ......................C T- 10
257x259 ..........................CT-26
270 ........................................CT-2
271 ........................................CT-2
272 ........................................CT-2
273 ........................................CT-6
273x3_FG ......................C T- 10
273x4_FG ......................C T- 10
274x224_FGT .............C T- 17
274 ........................................CT-6
273x224_FGT .............C T- 16
274x4....................CT-3-CT-26
274x4_FG ......................C T- 10
274x4x270 .................... CT-26
274x4x271 .......................CT-2
276 ........................ CT-2, CT-26
PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE
276x270 ..........................CT-26
276x271 ..........................CT-26
277 .....................................C T- 14
278x224_FGT .............C T- 17
279x224_FGT .............C T- 17
282 ..................................... CT-24
283 ..................................... CT-24
290 ..................................... CT-25
1665 .....................................CT-3
1700 .....................................CT-3
1710 .....................................CT-4
1715 ..................................CT-20
1716 ..................................CT-20
1717 ..................................CT-20
1718 ..................................CT-20
1719 ..................................CT-20
1842 ..................................CT-25
1855 ..................................C T- 14
1875 .....................................CT-8
1877 .....................................CT-8
1951 ..................................CT-23
2001 ..................................C T- 13
2002 ..................................C T- 13
2005 ..................................C T- 13
2006 ..................................C T- 13
2007 ..................................C T- 13
2266 ..................................CT-21
2286 ..................................CT-22
2364 ..................................CT-23
2366 ..................................CT-23
2464 ..................................CT-23
2548 ..................... CT-5, CT-26
PRODUCT PAGE
2548x170 .......................CT-26
2548x171 ......................CT-26
2549 .....................................CT-5
2550 .....................................CT-5
2727 .....................................CT-8
2746 .....................................CT-6
2746x6 ................................CT-3
2746x6_FG ...................C T- 10
2748 ..................... CT-2, CT-26
2748x270 ....................... CT-26
2748x271 .......................CT-26
2749 .....................................CT-3
2750 .....................................CT-3
19125 ...............................CT-22
19325 ...............................CT-22
2006STCxQ380 .........C T- 17
2007STCxQ380 .........C T- 17
2008STCxQ380 .........C T- 19
ADJ232V8 ......................C T- 19
ADJ232V14 ...................C T- 19
E197 ..................................CT-21
V232 ..................................C T- 18
V2320 ...............................C T- 18
V2322 ...............................C T- 18
V2325 ...............................C T- 18
V2326 ...............................C T- 18
PRODUCT PAGE
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-2
2748_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
173_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
270_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
271_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G, SN
272_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G, SN
276_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
151_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Saddle Thresholds
• To use a saddle threshold in an offset condition, use an
elevator (see page CT-24)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
NOTE: G, SN are available with limited inventory
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-3
Saddle Thresholds (Cont.)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
2749_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Includes two support legs (only one shown due to break in drawing)
2750_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
1665_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
170_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, BDG, D, G
169_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
1700_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
Welded on bottom.
Welded on bottom.
274x4_
AVAILABLE FINISH: A, B, D, G
2746x6_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-4
1710_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
175_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
154_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
1546_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
166_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Saddle Thresholds (Cont.)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
171_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, BDG, D, G, SN
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anod) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
NOTE: G, SN are available with limited inventory
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-5
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
172_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G, SN
176_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
2548_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
254x4_
AVAILABLE FINISH: A, B, D, G
Includes two support legs (only one shown due to break in drawing)
2549_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
NOTE: G, SN are available with limited inventory
Saddle Thresholds (Cont.)
Includes two support legs (only one shown due to break in drawing)
2550_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-6
Saddle Thresholds (Cont.)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
198_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
156_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
256x6_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Welded on bottom. Includes two support legs (only one shown due to break in drawing)
Welded on bottom. Includes two support legs (only one shown due to break in drawing)
255x5_
AVAILABLE FINISH: A, B, D, G
(152.4)
6
2746_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
273_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
274_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-7
168_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Saddle Thresholds (Cont.)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
252_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
253_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
254_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
256_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
255_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Note: the 227 and 229 can be welded to oor plates and
supports (pages CT-21), to create custom thresholds
which have the same uting pattern.
227_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
229_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-8
Half Saddles/Offset Saddles
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
2727_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
1875_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
1877_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
158_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
157_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
182_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-9
Stainless Steel Saddles
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
252SS_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: SS (#4, Brushed Finish)
253SS_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: SS (#4, Brushed Finish)
254SS_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: SS (#4, Brushed Finish)
Available in 36", 48", 72", and 98" lengths only.
175SS_
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4, Brushed Finish)
Available in 36", 48", 72", and 98" lengths only.
154SS_
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4, Brushed Finish)
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
SS (See Individual Part)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-10
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
273x3_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
273x4_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
2746x6_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
274x4_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
256x6_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
* Sections are symmetrical.
255x5_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
Thermal Barrier Saddles
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-11
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass] D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
253x4_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
254x4_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
254x5_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
252x3_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
253x3_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
252x2_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Thermal Barrier Saddles (Cont.)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-12
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
SS (See Individual Part)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
252x2SSFG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: SS (#4, Brushed Finish)
252x3SSFG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: SS (#4, Brushed Finish)
252x4SSFG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: SS (#4, Brushed Finish)
253x3SSFG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: SS (#4, Brushed Finish)
253x4SSFG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: SS (#4, Brushed Finish)
254x4SSFG
AVAILABLE FINISHES: SS (#4, Brushed Finish)
Stainless Steel Thermal Barrier Threshold
• Black rigid polypropylene key between extrusions provides a thermal
barrier (designated by “FG” Frost Guard following nish code)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-13
Special purpose bumper threshold
designed for use with a low 1⁄4" to
3⁄8" undercut door.
2001_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Allow 1⁄4" door clearance
2005_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Allow 3⁄8" door clearance
179_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Allow 1⁄2" door clearance
2002_Q
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Allow 1⁄4" door clearance
2006_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Allow 3⁄8" door clearance
2007_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Allow 3⁄8" door clearance
Alternate Inserts
179_P
2001_P
2005_P
2006_P
179_V
2001_V
2005_V
2006_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
• Used in conjunction with surface applied vertical rod exit
device, or as a stop and a seal at the bottom of door
• For offset applications, use an elevator (see page CT-24)
• 2006_Tand2007_T are only ADA compliant when
installed butted to 1⁄4" tile or other oor material
Latching Panic Exit Saddles
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-14
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
177_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Allow 5⁄8" door clearance
1855_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Allow 5⁄8" door clearance
Provided with “J” hook.
Can also be used as an interlock threshold (see Residential Thresholds section)
159_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, BDG, D, G
Allow 9⁄16" door clearance
277_ S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Allow 5⁄8" door clearance
Latching Panic Exit Saddles (Cont.)
Alternate Inserts
277_R
177_P
1855_P
177_V
1855_V
159_P
159_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-15
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
1851
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Allow 3⁄4" door clearance
181_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Allow 3⁄4" door clearance
Welded on bottom.
Welded on bottom.
254x226_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Allow 5⁄8" door clearance
252x226_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Allow 5⁄8" door clearance
Welded on bottom.
255x226_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Allow 5⁄8" door clearance
Latching Panic Exit Saddles (Cont.)
Alternate Inserts
252X226_P
254X226_P
255X226_P
* Vinyl products are
not BHMA certied
252X226_V
254X226_V
255X226_V
181_P
1851_P
181_V
1851_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
*
*
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-16
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
253x226_FGT
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Allow 5⁄8" door clearance
254x226_FGT
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Allow 5⁄8" door clearance
255x226_FGT
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Allow 5⁄8" door clearance
273x224_FGT
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
252x226_FGT
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Allow 5⁄8" door clearance
Alternate Inserts
252X226_FGP
253X226_FGP
254X226_FGP
255X226_FGP
273x224_FGP
252X226_FGV
253X226_FGV
254X226_FGV
255X226_FGV
273x224_FGV
* Vinyl products are not
BHMA certied.
Latching Panic Exit Saddles - Thermal Barrier
• Black rigid polypropylene key between extrusions
provides thermal barrier (designated by “FG” Frost
Guard following nish code)
• Used in conjunction with surface applied vertical rod exit
device, or as a stop and a seal at the bottom of door
• These units are not welded
*
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-17
278x224_FGT
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
279x224_FGT
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Latching Panic Exit Saddles - Thermal Barrier (Cont.)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
Acoustic Thresholds
2006STCxQ380_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
2007STCxQ380_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
2008STCxQ380_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
• PEMKO’s line of Acoustic Thresholds are designed to aid
with a door’s Acoustic STC rating.
• 2006STCxQ380 and 2007STCxQ380 are only ADA compliant
when installed butted to other ooring materials in accordance
with ADA guidelines
• Thresholds will not improve a doors “sealed in-place” STC rating
• See Acoustic Brochure on PEMKO’s website
(www.pemko.com) for more Acoustic products and
additional information
274x224_FGT
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Alternate Inserts
274X224_FGP
278x224_FGP
279x224_FGP
274X224_FGV
278x224_FGV
279x224_FGV
ONLY
ONLY
* Vinyl products are not
BHMA certied.
*
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-18
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
BL (Black) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) is a special nish; available upon request
• Vinyl thresholds create an ideal transition where two
different pieces of carpet meet, or carpet meets another
surface under a door
• Ideal for use in any high-trafc commercial installation,
such as hotels and ofces
• Vinyl thresholds are manufactured from slightly softer
material than competitive products. This aids in the
cutting and tting of the threshold and facilitates easier
insertion of the carpet into the holding cavities on the
carpet side(s) of the threshold
• Vinyl thresholds are designed to work in conjunction with
PEMKO’s 2173_V, 2113_V and 2343_V door shoes
• V232_, V2325_ and ADJ232V thresholds have been
tested and approved under ADAAG-1998 (Amended);
ICC/ANSI A117.1 and California Building Code, Title 24
for Barrier-Free Entry
V232_
AVAILABLE COLORS: BL, D
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48", 73"
Serves as a transition where two
pieces of carpet meet beneath an
interior door
V2325_
AVAILABLE COLORS: BL, D
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48", 73"
Serves as a transition where two
pieces of carpet meet beneath an
interior door
V2326_
AVAILABLE COLORS: BL, D
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48", 73"
Serves as a transition where two
pieces of carpet meet beneath an
interior door
V2320_
AVAILABLE COLOR: BL
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48", 73"
Serves as a transition where carpet
meets concrete beneath an interior
or exterior door
Vinyl Thresholds
V2322_
AVAILABLE COLOR: BL
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36”, 48”, 73”
Serves as a transition where carpet
meets 1⁄8" tile beneath an interior
door
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-19
Adjustable-Width Vinyl Threshold
• The adjustable-width threshold is designed for installations
where the widths of the transition beneath a door may
need to change, without completely disassembling and
reinstalling the threshold
• The adjustable-width threshold consists of two vinyl
end pieces and one vinyl adjustable center section
• Center section (V2321_ below) can easily be cut to
size with a standard razor knife
ADJ232V8_
AVAILABLE COLOR: BL
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48"
ADJ232V14_
AVAILABLE COLOR: BL
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48"
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
BL (Black)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-20
1719_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK, D
Allow 5⁄8" door clearance
1715_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK, D
Allow 5⁄8" door clearance
1717_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK, D
Allow 5⁄8" door clearance
1716_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK, D
Allow 5⁄8" door clearance
All items on this page are
available with PemKote™
non-slip coating (see
General Information
section). Please specify
“PemKote™” when
ordering. Please furnish
drilling instructions when
ordering PemKote™ as it is
difcult to drill through this
coating.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) AK (Mill Finish Aluminum w/PemKote™ Non-Slip Coating)
D (Dark Bronze Anodized) is a special nish; available upon request
Heavy Duty Thresholds
Modular Heavy Duty Thresholds
• Ideal for heavy-duty, high-trafc and high weight-bearing applications,
such as industrial facilities, schools, cafeterias, manufacturing buildings
and hospitals
• Withstands coastal and high-humidity conditions
• Ultra-durable, extra thick extruded nickel-aluminum construction is
guaranteed for ten (10) years
• Modular construction allows threshold to t openings
up to 15" wide without the expense of custom cast
thresholds. There is no restriction on width additions
(in 1" increments)
1718_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK, D
Allow 5⁄8" door clearance
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-21
Available with PemKote™
non-slip coating (see General
Information section). Please
specify “PemKote™” when
ordering. Please furnish drilling
instructions when ordering
PemKote™ as it is difcult to
drill through this coating.
192_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
193_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
228_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
2266_
AVAILABLE FINISH: A , D
Extruded bronze (B) plates
are uted on both sides
190_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
191_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Floor Plates/Safety Treads
• PEMKO can fabricate almost any oor plate threshold you might require
• Furnished undrilled unless drilling instructions are specied when ordering
• Ordering of fasteners does not constitute drilling instructions
• Elevated oor plates require support every 4" on center, at welded
seams, and as necessary for support
• Orders with “x” in the product number (i.e. 195 x 193 x 195)
indicate welding
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
E197_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: Black (blank)
E197_ application
• EPDM Expansion Joint
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-22
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
19125_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK, D, G
18/1_ - (width x length)
AVAILABLE FINISH: A , AK
14/1_ - (width x length)
AVAILABLE FINISH: A , AK
Furnished undrilled.
19325_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Floor Plates/Safety Treads (Cont.)
Aluminum Plates
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) AK (Mill Finish Aluminum w/Pemkote Non-Slip Coating) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
• Used where a cover plate, expansion joint plate or wide
extra-strength metal plate is needed
• Maximum length is 144". All aluminum plates are provided
NET length
• Both width edges are beveled at a 45° angle; “single edge
bevel” or “no bevel” is also available at no extra cost
• Plates are supplied undrilled unless otherwise specied.
PEMKO reserves the right to charge for special fastener
patterns
• Plates are furnished with #10 x 11⁄2" plated wood screws.
Screws supplied: one (1) screw per foot up to 8" wide;
two (2) screws per foot 8" to 12" wide; and three (3)
screws per foot over 12" wide
• Plates are ADA compliant only when ordered with
PemKote nish
2286_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-23
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
246_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
Barrier-free
over carpet.
2364_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Barrier-free
over carpet.
1951_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
174_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, C, D, G
230_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
236_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, BDG, D, G
2464_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
2366_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
Barrier-free
over carpet
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized)
C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
Carpet Separators
Supplied undrilled unless
otherwise specied
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-24
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized)
D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
NOTE: G, SN are available with limited inventory
200_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
189_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
194_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
195_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Please specify whether 196 material
is to be used as trim or support
196_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
183 in
alternate
position.
183_
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, B, BDG, D, G, SN
282_
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, B, D, G
188_
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, B, BDG, D, G, SN
283_
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, B, D, G
Floor Plate Supports/Accessories
Elevators
• Please see information under Floor Plates and Safety
Treads (page CT-21)
• Elevators allow for custom sizing in offset conditions
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-25
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized)
D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
NOTE: G, SN are available with limited inventory
1842_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Allow 1⁄8" door clearance from top of threshold
184_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
290_SSTOP
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Allow 1⁄8" door clearance from top of threshold
Barrier-free with
1/4" saddle only.
Barrier-free with
1⁄4" saddle only
1842_PK
290_PKSTOP
184_P
Alternate inserts for
Threshold Stop Strips
Threshold Stop Strips
• Use with standard at top threshold saddle to provide
a door stop and seal at bottom of door
• Stop strips are supplied pre-drilled with #10-24 Phillips
at head machine screws of appropriate length
• These stops will effect the pivot hole location
of an assembly
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
commercial thresholds
CT-26
• TYPE OF ASSEMBLY – Type 11 or 14 for center hung,
Type 13 or 15 for offset hung
• MATERIALS – Saddles, oor plates, supports, risers,
elevators, and stop strips
• CLOSER TO BE USED – Manufacturer and model
number
• NET LENGTH – Jamb-to-Jamb. Assembly Types 11, 13
and 14 are cut with center section 1⁄2" over net length
up to 48" and 1" over net length over 48" to allow for
tting on the job. Please specify “net length”, if required.
Assembly Type 15 is cut at net length because of factory-
cut miters
• HANDING – For single doors, specify right or left hand.
For pairs of doors, handing is not required
• SPECIAL FINISHES – Examples include polished, oxidized
and oil rubbed, Satin Buff, and PemKote™
• SPECIAL FASTENERS – For center section only.
Examples include: MS and ES, FHSL25 and SS/MS & ES
• SPECIAL FABRICATION INSTRUCTIONS – Notching,
full miters, etc. Assembly Type 11 is supplied without
mitered ends, and assembly Types 13, 14 and 15 are
supplied with both ends mitered. Also, when ordering
stop strips (shown on page 42), specify door thickness
and pivot offset so that the threshold assembly width and
pivot dimension can be determined
• RETURNS AND ALLOWANCES – No merchandise
made for special order will be accepted for return
or credit
THRESHOLDS FOR TYPE 15
SIZE PRODUCT NUMBER FINISHES PRODUCT NUMBER FINISHES
1⁄2" x 7" x 4" 176_ x 170_ A, B, D, G
1⁄4" x 7" x 4" 276_ x 270_ A, B, D, G
1⁄2" x 7" x 5" 176_ x 171_A, B, D, G
1⁄4" x 7" x 5" 276_ x 271_A, B, D, G
1⁄2" x 8" x 4" 2548_ x 170_ A, D, G 254 x 4_ x 170_ B
1⁄4" x 8" x 4" 2748_ x 270_ A, D, G 274 x 4_ x 270_ B
1⁄2" x 8" x 5" 2548_ x 171_A, D, G 254 x 4_ x 171_B
" x 8" x 5" 2748_ x 271A, D, G 274 x 4_ x 271_B
* Ramp threshold for 1⁄2" offset.
THRESHOLDS FOR TYPE 11, 13, 14
SIZE PRODUCT NUMBER FINISHES PRODUCT NUMBER FINISHES
1⁄2" x 7" 176_ A, B, D, G
1⁄4" x 7" 276_ A, B, D, G
1⁄2" x 8" 2548_ A, D, G 254_ x 4_ B
1⁄4" x 8" 2748_ A, D, G 274_ x 4_ B
1⁄2" x 87⁄8"193_ x 2/195_ A, B, D, G
*3⁄4" x 12" x 1⁄4"257_ x 259_ A, B, D, G
THRESHOLD WIDTH FASTENER ROWS THRESHOLD WIDTH FASTENER ROWS
2" TO 7-7/ 8" 1 Row 19" to 24-7/8" 4 Rows
8" to 12-7/8" 2 Rows 25" to 30-7/8" 5 Rows
13" to 18-7/8" 3 Rows 31" to 36-7/8" 6 Rows
Floor Closer Thresholds/Cover Plate Assemblies
TYPE 11 TYPE 13 TYPE 14 TYPE 15
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: G is available with limited inventory
MODULAR RAMPS
CONTENTS:
Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies - Flush Applications.....................................................................MR-2
Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies - Offset Applications (7" Top Plate) ............................................MR-3
Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies - Offset Applications (31⁄2 Top Plate) ................................................. MR-4
Modular Ramp Threshold Components ..............................................................................................................MR-5
Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies - Variables......................................................................................... MR-6
Riser For Modular Ramps.............................................................................................................................................. MR-6
Miter Returns For All Modular Ramp Thresholds..........................................................................................MR-7
Barrier-Free Ramp Thresholds .................................................................................................................................. MR-8
Fire Retardant and Styrene Butadiene Rubber Ramp Thresholds......................................................MR-9
Rubber Ramp Miter Returns.....................................................................................................................................MR-10
Recycled Rubber Ramp Assembly.........................................................................................................................MR-10
INDEX:
257 .......................................MR-8
257x259 ............................MR-8
259 .......................................MR-8
R.5F ......................................MR-2
R.5FMR ..............................MR-2
R.5OS .................................MR-3
R.5OSMR..........................MR-3
R.5OSS...............................MR-4
R.5OSSMR .......................MR-4
R.75F ...................................MR-2
R.75FMR............................MR-2
R.75OS ..............................MR-3
R.75OSMR .......................MR-3
R.75OSS ............................MR-4
R.75OSSMR ....................MR-4
R1F .......................................MR-2
R1FMR ...............................MR-2
R1OS ..................................MR-3
R1OSMR ..........................MR-3
R1OSS ...............................MR-4
R1OSSMR ........................MR-4
R1.25F ................................MR-2
R1.25FMR ........................MR-2
R1.25OS ...........................MR-3
R1.25OSMR ....................MR-3
R1.25OSS .........................MR-4
R1.25OSSMR .................MR-4
R1.5F ...................................MR-2
R1.5FMR ...........................MR-2
R1.5OS ..............................MR-3
R1.5OSMR ......................MR-3
R1.5OSS ...........................MR-4
R1.5OSSMR ....................MR-4
R1.75F ................................MR-2
R1.75FMR ........................MR-2
R1.75OS ...........................MR-3
R1.75OSMR ....................MR-3
R1.75OSS .........................MR-4
R1.75OSSMR .................MR-4
R2F .......................................MR-2
R2FMR ...............................MR-2
R2OS ..................................MR-3
R2OSMR...........................MR-3
R2OSS................................MR-4
R2OSSMR ........................MR-4
R2.25F ................................MR-2
R2.25FMR .........................MR-2
RAMP 1.............................MR-5
RAMP 2 .............................MR-6
RAMP 3 .............................MR-5
RAMP 4 .............................MR-5
RAMP 5 .............................MR-5
RAMP 6 .............................MR-5
RAMP 7 .............................MR-6
RAMP 8 ..............MR-5, MR-6
RAMP 9 ..............MR-5, MR-6
RAMP10 ............ MR-5, MR-6
RAMP 11 ..........MR-5, MR-6
RAMP 12 ........... MR-5, MR-6
RAMP 13 ..........................MR-6
RAMP 14 ..........................MR-6
RR1.25FMR ................. MR-10
RR1 ......................................MR-9
RR2 ......................................MR-9
RR12_H ........................ MR-10
RVARIOSS .......................MR-6
SBR.5F ................................MR-9
SBR.5FMR .........................MR-9
SBR1F .................................MR-9
SBR1FMR .........................MR-9
WING 10_H ..................MR-7
WING 16_H ..................MR-7
WING EXT_H ..............MR-7
PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
modular ramps
MR-2
Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies
Flush Applications
• Assemblies accommodate 1⁄2" to 21⁄4" oor offsets in meeting
the 1:12 slope requirements of the “Americans with
Disabilities Act”. Even higher offsets can be accommodated
by using the risers, RAMP13_ and RAMP14_
• “MR” in a product number denotes that one-pair of miter
returns (and extenders, if applicable) is included. Otherwise,
we recommend lling and feathering the threshold ends with
grout. Do not leave threshold ends open
• Miter Returns are available for offsets up to 21⁄4"
• Assemblies are supplied with #10 stainless steel wood
screws. Stainless steel machine screws and expansion shields
are available at an extra cost
• Assemblies allow for custom fabrication; please consult
PEMKO Customer Service
• Assemblies are provided NET length
Only with
PemKote™
Non-Slip Coating
PemKote™ is highly recommended for all
threshold assemblies, especially exterior
conditions where moisture may be present.
NOTE: Greater offset may be accomplished by using PEMKO risers.
** = Miter Returns are not ADA Compliant
Complete assembly drawings available online
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH: 61⁄8"
# OF COMPONENTS: 1
1⁄2" Floor Offset
R.5F_
R.5FMR_ **
3⁄4" Floor Offset
R.75F_
R.75FMR_ **
1" Floor Offset
R1F_
R1FMR_ **
11⁄4" Floor Offset
R1.25F_
R1.25FMR_ **
11⁄2" Floor Offset
R1.5F_
R1.5FMR_ **
13⁄4" Floor Offset
R1.75F_
R1.75FMR_ **
2" Floor Offset
R2F_
R2FMR_ **
21⁄4" Floor Offset
R2.25F_
R2.25FMR_ **
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH: 91⁄4"
# OF COMPONENTS: 2
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH: 123⁄8" #
OF COMPONENTS: 2
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH: 151⁄2"
# OF COMPONENTS: 3
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH: 185⁄8"
# OF COMPONENTS: 3
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH: 213⁄4"
# OF COMPONENTS: 4
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH: 247⁄8"
# OF COMPONENTS: 4
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH: 28"
# OF COMPONENTS: 5
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) AK (Mill Finish Aluminum with PemKote™ Non-Slip Coating)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
modular ramps
MR-3
Offset Applications (7" Top Plate)
NOTE: Greater offset may be accomplished by using PEMKO risers.
** = Miter Returns are not ADA Compliant
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 161⁄4"
# OF COMPONENTS: 3
1⁄2" Floor Offset
R.5OS_
R.5OSMR_ **
3⁄4" Floor Offset
R.75OS_
R.75OSMR_ **
1" Floor Offset
R1OS_
R1OSMR_ **
11⁄4" Floor Offset
R1.25OS_
R1.25OSMR_ **
11⁄2" Floor Offset
R1.5OS_
R1.5OSMR_ **
13⁄4" Floor Offset
R1.75OS_
R1.75OSMR_ **
2" Floor Offset
R2OS_
R2OSMR_ **
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 193⁄8"
# OF COMPONENTS: 3
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 221⁄2"
# OF COMPONENTS: 4
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 255⁄8"
# OF COMPONENTS: 4
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 28-3/4"
# OF COMPONENTS: 5
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 317⁄8" #
OF COMPONENTS: 5
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 35"
# OF COMPONENTS: 6
Assembly Shown: R.5OS
Complete assembly drawings available online.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A(MillFinishAluminum)•AK (Mill Finish Aluminum with PemKote™ Non-Slip Coating)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
modular ramps
MR-4
Short Offset Applications (31⁄2" Top Plate)
NOTE: Greater offset may be accomplished by using PEMKO risers.
** = Miter Returns are not ADA Compliant
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 123⁄4"
# OF COMPONENTS: 3
1⁄2" Floor Offset
R.5OSS_
R.5OSSMR_ **
3⁄4" Floor Offset
R.75OSS_
R.75OSSMR_ **
1" Floor Offset
R1OSS_
R1OSSMR_ **
11⁄4" Floor Offset
R1.25OSS_
R1.25OSSMR_ **
11⁄2" Floor Offset
R1.5OSS_
R1.5OSSMR_ **
13⁄4" Floor Offset
R1.75OSS_
R1.75OSSMR_ **
2" Floor Offset
R2OSS_
R2OSSMR_ **
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 157⁄8"
# OF COMPONENTS: 3
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 19"
# OF COMPONENTS: 4
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 221⁄8"
# OF COMPONENTS: 4
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 251⁄4"
# OF COMPONENTS: 5
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 283⁄8"
OF COMPONENTS: 5
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
ASSEMBLY LENGTH*: 311⁄2"
# OF COMPONENTS: 6
Assembly Shown: R.750SS
Complete assembly drawings available online.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) AK (Mill Finish Aluminum with PemKote™ Non-Slip Coating)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
modular ramps
MR-5
• Components are generally sold as part of assemblies
• Ramp Assemblies consist of interlocking components,
eliminating the need to weld joints. Interlocking ball-joint
design allows each component to ex and conform to
uneven surfaces
• All assemblies carry the following labels:
• PemKote™ is highly recommended for all threshold
assemblies, especially exterior conditions where moisture
may be present
• NOTE: The following pages are for component
identication only. Do not order from these pages.
Order only complete assemblies from pages MR-2 - MR-4
Modular Ramp Threshold Components
RAMP3_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
RAMP4_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
RAMP5_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
RAMP6_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
RAMP9_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
RAMP10_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
RAMP11_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
RAMP12_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
7" width allows for oor closer preparation
RAMP8_
Short top plate
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
RAMP1_
Top plate
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
Top Plates
Bridges
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) AK (Mill Finish Aluminum with PemKote™ Non-Slip Coating)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
modular ramps
MR-6
Modular Ramp Threshold Assemblies - Variables
• Risers easily attach to the legs of PEMKO's Modular Ramp
Systems. Each adds 1⁄2" in height to accommodate offsets
greater than 21⁄4"
• Contact PEMKO Customer Service for information on
stacking risers to reach desired height
Risers for Modular Ramps
RAMP13_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
RAMP14_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
•“RAMP7_, support” is not necessary for
offsets that are less than 3/4"
Also available (not shown) are RVARI/A and RVARI/AK:
• Combines7"topplate (RAMP1_) with RAMP2_ and RAMP7_
• Overallwidthisapproximately17"
RAMP8_ RAMP2_
RAMP7_
• Use a “Variable” component to accommodate offsets
from 1⁄2" to 11⁄4". These meet the 1:8 maximum slope
allowance (ADA) for existing buildings
• May require a variance from some state building codes,
even though ADA compliant
• Ideal for use in cross trafc corridors where a minimal
ramp projection may be required and a steeper slope may
be allowed
• Supplied with #10 stainless steel sheet metal screws.
Stainless steel machine screws and expansion shields are
available at an extra cost
• Miter returns are not available due to the variable angle
of this ramp. Please ll and feather the threshold ends.
Do not leave threshold ends open
• This variable ramp is supplied un-drilled from PEMKO.
Due to the variance in the angle, it must be drilled in the
eld. For proper installation, it requires the RAMP7_ to
be placed under RAMP2_ after the assembly is in place,
then must be match drilled and anchored through both
components
• PemKote™ is highly recommended for all ramp threshold
assemblies especially exterior conditions where moisture
may be present
• All assemblies carry the following labels:
RAMP7_
support for variable
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
RAMP2_
variable
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
Variable Ramp Components
RVARIOSS_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
NOTE: Products shown in this section are not drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) AK (Mill Finish Aluminum with PemKote™ Non-Slip Coating)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
modular ramps
MR-7
See yer on the Literature page of www.pemko.com for WING cut-down chart.
Miter Returns For Modular Ramp Thresholds
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) AK (Mill Finish Aluminum with PemKote™ Non-Slip Coating)
• Cast aluminum “wings” t into end of modular ramp
threshold assembly and are fastened to ramp mid
sections with self-tapping machine screws
• Neat, compact, and tight-tting design replaces former
mitering methods
• Miter Returns are match-drilled with each assembly
• Miter Returns are not “ADA” compliant
WINGEXT_H_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
• WINGEXT are included with assemblies to completely ll ends for 2" offset or 21⁄4" ush conditions
WINGEXT works in conjunction with WING16 for these higher offset conditions
View from high-end
End View
WING16_H_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
• WING16 can be trimmed to t ramp assembly (dotted lines show cut down for use with R1FMR_)
WING10_H_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, AK
• WING10 can be trimmed to t ramp assembly (dotted lines show cut down for use with R.5FMR_)
WING10RH_
(right-hand) shown
WING16RH_
(right-hand) shown
WINGEXTRH_
(right-hand) shown
Side
View
Side
View
Side
View
Plan
View
Plan
View
Plan
View
View from high-end
End View
View from high-end
End View
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
modular ramps
MR-8
• The modular ramp thresholds are an improvement over
the 257/259 however, 257/259 will remain available for
special requirements
• Use 257_ and 259_ together, or use 257_ with an abutted
1:12 concrete slope
• When used as a cover plate assembly (see Commercial
Thresholds section), a longer spindle may be required
• Ramps on this page are not ADA compliant when used
at a door opening
• The 257_ is not ADA compliant when used alone.
• PemKote™ is highly recommended for all threshold
assemblies, especially exterior conditions where moisture
may be present
WING10 can also be used
257 x 259_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
259_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
257_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
NOTE: Products shown in this section are not drawn to scale.
Barrier-Free Ramp Thresholds
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) AK (Mill Finish Aluminum with PemKote™ Non-Slip Coating) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) D (Dark Bronze Anodized)
G (Gold Anodized)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
modular ramps
MR-9
This component (RR2) is not ADA compliant when used by itself.
SBR.5F
SBR.5FMR **
SBR1F
SBR1FMR **
Fire Retardant and Styrene Butadiene Rubber Ramp Thresholds
• Rubber ramps meet the requirements of ADAAG-2010;
IBC/ANSI A117.1; and California Title 24, Part 2
• Styrene butadiene rubber ramps are weather, ozone,
abrasion, and impact resistant; long-lasting and re
retardant
• Rubber ramps are sold in one foot increments up to
15-foot lengths
• Rubber ramps can be butted together for longer lengths
• Rubber ramps are cut square on each end but are
available with molded rubber miter returns. To receive
a pair of miter returns, add “MR” to the part number
(example: SBR.5FMR)
• Rubber ramps have a superior grip, anti-slip surface and a
“no bump” tapered lead edge. Rubber ramps are classied
by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.,® as a skid-resistant
oor surface per UL standard for safety, UL410. Rubber
ramps also meet the requirements of ASTM D 2047 and
Federal Specication P-F-430C
• Rubber ramps are easy to install on most surfaces by using
a construction adhesive. Mechanical fasteners are not
required and not recommended
• Rubber ramps are also portable. For temporary
applications, an assembly stays in place by its sheer weight
and can be removed from one opening and placed at
another opening
• Use RR200 to glue rubber ramps to oor surfaces
• Rubber ramps are available for 1⁄2" and 1" offset heights
• Rubber ramps can be cross-cut to length or ripped to a
custom offset height using a table or radial arm saw with a
carbide-tipped blade. These modications must be made
in the eld
RR1
RR2
NOTE: Products shown in this section are not drawn to scale.
** = Miter Returns are not ADA compliant
Assembly consists
of two inter-locking
components.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
modular ramps
MR-10
• Made from molded styrene butadiene rubber
• Glue miter returns to each end using an adhesive such
as RR200
• Miter Returns are supplied in pairs: one left-hand
(RR12LH) and one right-hand (RR12RH)
• If only one miter return is required, specify the handing
Side View
Plan View
Rubber Ramp Miter Returns
Shown as viewed from
the low end.
End View
RR12_H
Recycled Rubber Ramp Assembly
• ADA Compliant, based on application
• Meets: UL410, ASTM D2047, Federal Specication
P-F-430C
• Recycled Rubber Ramp Assemblies meet IBC/ANSI
A117.1-2010
• Made from #20 mesh minus crumb rubber (with urethane
binders) reclaimed from 100% recycled rubber automotive
tires
• PEMKO strongly recommends using RR200 to glue rubber
ramps to oor surfaces. Avoid Liquid Nails with Rubber
Ramps
• Using ordinary tools, trim to t your application
• Can be ripped for offsets less than 11⁄4"
• Plane bottom surface of ramp to accommodate irregular
surface conditions
• Miter returns are molded into the design of the Recycled
Rubber Ramp
• 36" and 60" ramps are supplied as one (1) piece assemblies
• 48" and 72" ramps are supplied as two (2) piece assemblies
Other sizes are available, please contact PEMKO
customer service.
PART # WIDTH “A” WIDTH “B”
(door opening) (total width)
RR1.25FMR36 36" 41"
RR1.25FMR48 48" 53"
RR1.25FMR60 60" 65"
RR1.25FMR72 72" 77"
RR1.25FMR96 96" 101"
Ordering Chart
DOOR BOTTOMS
CONTENTS:
Automatic Door Bottoms ......................................................................................................................................DB-2-DB-6
Security Door Bottoms ..........................................................................................................................................................DB-7
Residential Automatic Door Bottoms ...........................................................................................................................DB-7
Specialty Door Bottoms ........................................................................................................................................................DB-8
Vinyl Door Shoes.......................................................................................................................................................................DB-8
Door Shoes ..................................................................................................................................................................DB-9-DB-11
Door Bottom Sweeps ......................................................................................................................................DB-12, DB-13
Stainless Steel Door Bottom Sweeps ........................................................................................................................ DB-13
Door Top Weatherstrip ...................................................................................................................................................... DB-14
INDEX:
56 .......................................DB-12
57 .......................................DB-12
68 .......................................DB-14
99 .......................................DB-12
196 .......................................DB-7
209 .......................................DB-9
210 .......................................DB-9
211 ......................................DB-9
215 .......................................DB-9
216 .......................................DB-9
216_FG ..........................DB-10
217 .......................................DB-9
220 .......................................DB-9
221 ....................................DB-10
222 ....................................DB-10
223 ....................................DB-11
234 .......................................DB-9
270 .......................................DB-7
307 ....................................DB-12
308 ....................................DB-12
309 ....................................DB-12
313 .......................................DB-8
314 .......................................DB-8
315 ....................................DB-12
315SS ..............................DB-13
317 .......................................DB-8
318 .......................................DB-8
321 ....................................DB-12
321SS ..............................DB-13
343 ....................................DB-14
344 ....................................DB-14
345 ...................DB-12, DB-13
346 ....................................DB-14
347 ....................................DB-14
368 ....................................DB-12
377 ....................................DB-14
405 .......................................DB-7
411 ........................DB-3, DB-5
412 .........................DB-3, DB-6
420 .......................................DB-5
430 .......................................DB-6
434 ......................... DB-3, DB-5
510 .........................DB-3, DB-7
530 ......................... DB-3, DB-7
2113 .................................DB-11
2170 ....................................DB-8
2173 .................................DB-11
2211 .................................DB-10
2221 .................................DB-10
2230 .................................DB-11
2343 .................................DB-11
3151 .................................DB-12
3151SS ...........................DB-13
3185 ....................................DB-8
3452 .................................DB-13
3692 ....................................DB-9
4131 ......................DB-3, DB-4
4301 ......................DB-3, DB-4
18061 ..............................DB-13
18100 ..............................DB-13
18137 ..............................DB-13
293100 ...........................DB-13
90062 ..............................DB-13
90100 ..............................DB-13
EPD1 ................................DB-14
EPD2 ................................DB-14
OS4301 ..........................DB-14
OS4343 ..........................DB-14
K411 ...................................DB-3
K412PA ..............................DB-3
K41PD................................DB-3
K412PG .............................DB-3
K420 ....................................DB-3
K430MPA..........................DB-3
K430MPD .........................DB-3
K430PA ..............................DB-3
K430PD .............................DB-3
SA1 ......................................DB-7
SA2 ......................................DB-7
SA3 ......................................DB-7
SA4 ......................................DB-7
V80.......................................DB-8
PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door bottoms
DB-2
Automatic Door Bottoms
• All PEMKO Automatic Door Bottoms, 24" and up, can be manufactured for eld alteration.
Please specify when ordering: Allow 2" for eld trimming
• Overall sizes range from 18" to 72"
• 0.0625" Lead-lining available upon request; contact PEMKO Customer Service for options on proles
Drop-Bar Seal Actuation
The drop bar mechanism prevents the seal from skidding along the oor/threshold while the door is being closed.
Drop seals of all types are designed to close a uniform size gap. PEMKO drop seals can seal up to ¾"
gaps, provided the gap is consistent. Gaps that start at less than ¾" and then grow cannot be closed.
The drop seal utilizes a straight aluminum extrusion so it cannot close an inconsistent gap.
Important Drop Bar Information
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door bottoms
DB-3
End Plates for Automatic Door Bottoms
• Metal end plates are provided to protect the mechanism and to give a
clean, aesthetic appearance. Do not tighten with power tool
• Plunger end plate prevents the plunger adjustment from rotating
• Necessary fasteners are provided with End Plate kits
434 End Plates
Mortise
411 End Plates
Mortise
412 End Plates
Surface Mount
Automatic Door Bottom Kits
K411 Kit for 411 Door Bottom
K412PA Kit for 411 Door Bottom
- Aluminum
K412PD Kit for 411 Door Bottom
- Dark Bronze
K412PG Kit for 411 Door Bottom
- Gold
K420 Kit for 420 Door Bottom
K430MPA Kit for 430 Door Bottom
- Aluminum (Mortised App.)
K430MPD Kit for 430 Door Bottom
- Dark Bronze (Mortised App.)
K430PA Kit for 430 Door Bottom
- Aluminum (Surface App.)
K430PD Kit for 430 Door Bottom
- Dark Bronze (Surface App.)
510 End Plates
Surface Mount
530 End Plates
Surface Mount
4301-430 Auto Door Bottom
Semi-Mortise*
4131 Auto Door Bottom
Semi-Mortise*
*43, 430, and 430 models can also be applied as surface mount
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door bottoms
DB-4
Automatic Door Bottoms - Surface and Semi-Mortise Models
• Specify if the Automatic Door Bottom is for a semi-mortise
application so that shorter screws can be provided
29
32
121
32
4301_NBL
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
4131_NBL
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, SN
OS4301_RLOS4301_PKL OS434_NBL OS434_PKL OS434_RL
4301_PKL
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
4131_RL
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
BDG, C, D, SN
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
4301_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
Alternate Insert For 4301
Alternate Inserts For 4131
4131_SL
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
BDG, C, D, SN
4131_PKL
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
BDG, C, D, SN
All above products
Over-Sized Automatic Door Bottoms
PemkoPrene™ (PK)
EPDM (R)
nylon brush (NB)
nylon brush (NB)
PemkoPrene™ (PK)
sponge silicone (S)
• For Automatic Door Bottoms (ADB) in these proles
ordered over 48-inches • Only available with our 4301 and 434 ADB proles
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
EPDM (R)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door bottoms
DB-5
Automatic Door Bottoms - Full-Mortise Models
434_RL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A
411_NBL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A
434_NBL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A
420_PKL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A
For hollow metal doors.
Maximum drop is 1⁄2"
411_RL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A
Alternate Inserts For 420
420_VL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A
420_SL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A
Vinyl products
are not BHMA certied
411_PKL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A
Alternate Inserts For 411
411_SL
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A
434_PKL
AVAILABLE FINISH: A
Alternate Inserts For 434
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum)
sponge silicone (S)
PemkoPrene™
(PK)
PemkoPrene™
(PK)
nylon brush (NB)EPDM (R)
sponge neoprene (R)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
nylon brush (NB)
PemkoPrene™ (R)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door bottoms
DB-6
Automatic Door Bottoms - Handed Surface and Semi-Mortise Models
430_RL
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
430_MRL
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
412_RL
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G, S
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze[Brass]) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) S (Cladded Stainless Steel)
Alternate Inserts For 430
430_PKL
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
430_MPKL
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
412_SL
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G, S
412_PKL
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G, S
Alternate Inserts For 412
• These models have all the same features as the 4301 and
the 4131 except that these are handed and disassembly of
the mechanism is required to reverse the hand
• For easy non-handed installation, PEMKO recommends
using the 4301 rather than the 430, and the 4131 rather
than the 412. The 4301 and 4131 are shown on page DB-4
sponge neoprene (R)
PemkoPrene™ (PK)
PemkoPrene™ (PK)
sponge silicone (S)
PemkoPrene™ (PK)
sponge neoprene (R)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door bottoms
DB-7
Residential Automatic Door Bottoms
SA1_, SA2_, SA3_, SA4_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A (no nish selection), D
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 28", 32", 36", 42"
•Surfacetypeforwooddoors
•1⁄2" maximum drop
•Canbetrimmeddownbyasmuchas2"
•Non-handed
•Endplatesarenotprovided
405_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, PW
(Shown at 70% of actual size) (Shown at 70% of actual size)
510_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 42", 48"
196_ and 270_
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, B, D, G
530_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 42", 48"
196_ and 270_
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, B, D, G
• Help prevent break-ins with PEMKO's security door
bottoms
• Great for ofce buildings, dormitories, hotel/motels,
multi-family housing, and other applications where
break-ins from interior lever-handles are a problem
• Mounting screws and a cam are included with both
security door bottom models (510 and 530)
• The 530 includes end plates that provide a clean, nished
look and prevents debris from entering operating
mechanisms
• Order stop bar (196) and thresholds (270, 2364, etc.)
separately
•Springloadeddoorbottom
sweep
•Availablein36"lengthonly
•Maybecutdownto24"
minimum length
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White)
Nylon brush available on
request for an extra charge
Security Door Bottoms
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door bottoms
DB-8
313_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
317_P
AVAILABLE FINISH:
A
314_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
3185_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D
318_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW
Specialty Door Bottoms
• May be used in many different applications. Some of these shapes may be
used as meeting stile gasketing; see pages AM-3 and AM-4 for examples
313_P
AVAILABLE FINISH:
A
317_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
317_N in
alternate
position
Pile (P)
Vinyl Door Shoes
• Dual durometer vinyl door shoe
• V80_ is furnished net 36"
V80_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: D
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36" NET
2170_V
AVAILABLE COLORS: D, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48"
Pile (P)
Pile (P)
317_P in
alternate
position
Also available with
unnotched insert:
2170_V36UN
2170_V48UN
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White)
VINYL DOORS SHOES: D (Dark Brown) W (White)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door bottoms
DB-9
Door Shoes
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized)
G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
215_V
215_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
220_V
220_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
217_V
217_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW,
SN
216_V
216_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, B, BDG, D,
G, PW, SN
209_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
234_V
234_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
211_V
211_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
210_V
210_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
• Available with PemkoPrene™ (PK) or Vinyl (V), except
3962_; both seals are the same in shape and size
• Slotted holes for easy adjustment
• Rain drip model is ideal for deecting rain away from
the bottom of door
• Door shoes are provided with stainless steel fasteners
3692_PK772
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48"
3692_PK773
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48"
NEW!
NEW!
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door bottoms
DB-10
For hollow metal
doors with
inver ted bottom
channel.
Door Shoes (Cont.)
For hollow metal
doors with
inver ted bottom
channel.
222_V
222_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
2221_V
2221_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
2211_V
2211_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
Combination door
shoe and kick plate with
raindrip
216_FG
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
BDC, BDG, D, PW, SN
Thermal Barrier
Model
Polypropylene thermal
break (FG) prevents
conductivity of cold
from exterior to
interior. Supplied with
PemkoPrene™ Seal
221_V
221_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
Combination door
shoe and kick plate
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDC (Bright Dip Clear Anodized) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White)
SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door bottoms
DB-11
Door Shoes (Cont.)
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White)
2113_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
AVAILABLE LENGTHS:
36", 48"
Also available with
unnotched insert:
2113_V36UN
2113_V48UN
2173_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW
AVAILABLE LENGTHS:
36", 48"
Also available with
unnotched insert:
2173_V36UN
2173_V48UN
Also available with
unnotched insert:
2343_V36UN
2343_V48UN
2343_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48"
2230_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
18
(28.6)
1
3
4
(44.5)
1
916
(14.3)
58
(15.9)
223_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
Fabrication Options for Door Shoes
1⁄2" Half Notch
• Fabrication includes: removal of rain
drip to prevent interference with
door stop and weatherstrip
• Ordering: order width of door
leaf and designate by adding “N”
following the product number
• Special: Other half notches available
are 9⁄16", 5⁄8", and 3⁄4" widths, please
specify when ordering
( Example: a 216AV with a 1⁄2" half
notch fabrication, for a 36" door leaf
= 216AVN36)
1⁄2" Full Notch
• Fabrication includes: removal of rain
drip and front ange of door shoe to
prevent interference with door stop and
weatherstrip
• Ordering: order width of door leaf, and
designate by adding “M” following the
product number
( Example: a 216AV with a 1⁄2" full notch
fabrication, for a 36" door leaf = 216AVM36)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door bottoms
DB-12
345_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, C, D, G, PW
309_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
56_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
57_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
321_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
308_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, C, D, G, PW, SN
345_
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, B, BDG, C, D, G, PW
307_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, C, D, G, PW, SN
Door Bottom Sweeps
315_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G, PW, SN
Finished product
supplied with
BLACK insert.
GRAY available
upon request.
368_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
3151_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
1
(31.8)
1
(25.4)
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Clear Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
PD (Painted Dark Bronze) PG (Painted Gold) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
99_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
PA, PD, PG, PW
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door bottoms
DB-13
3452_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, C, D, G, PW, SN
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White)
SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) SS (See Individual Part)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
3452_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
BDG, C, D, G, PW, SN
345_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW
Door Bottom Sweeps (Cont.)
18061_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, SN
18100_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, PW
293100_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
18137_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, PW
90062_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
90100_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
• For hollow metal doors
with inverted channel
Stainless Steel Door Bottom Sweeps
15 16
(23.8)
321SSN
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4 Finish)
315SSN
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4 Finish)
3151SSN
AVAILABLE FINISH: SS (#4 Finish)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door bottoms
DB-14
_343
AVAILABLE FINISHES: PA
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48"
Door Top Weatherstrip
377P_
377V_
347_
68_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Rigid tan colored vinyl with
vinyl (V) insert or pile (P)
insert used as a door top
(or bottom) ller strip for
hollow metal doors
For top of 13⁄8" wood doors
_344
AVAILABLE FINISHES: PA
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48"
346_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G, PW
• Overhead rain drip with
slotted holes
• Should be ordered a minimum of
4" longer than the door width
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PA (Painted Aluminum) PW (Painted White)
Non-Metal Finish: BL (Black)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
Dual Durometer Specialty Door Shoes
EPD1
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48"
• Dual durometer extruded door sweep
• Top portion is rigid polypropylene; bottom sweep is
exible Santoprene™
• Designed for hollow metal doors with inverted channel
• Black case to prevent light refraction under door
• Furnished undrilled; fasteners provided at additional cost
EPD2
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48"
ASTRAGALS & MEETING STILES
CONTENTS:
Astragal and Meeting Stile Gasketing - Split Astragals ........................................................................AM-2-AM-3
Split Astragals with Snap Covers - Concealed Fasteners ............................................................................... AM-3
Meeting Stile Gasketing ......................................................................................................................................................AM-4
Adhesive Astragal/Meeting Stile Seals ........................................................................................................................AM-5
Adjustable Astragals .............................................................................................................................................................AM-5
“T” and Overlapping Astragals .......................................................................................................................................AM-6
Adhesive-Backed Mullion Gasketing ...........................................................................................................................AM-7
Offset Security Bar ................................................................................................................................................................AM-7
Security Astragal .....................................................................................................................................................................AM-7
Locking Astragals .................................................................................................................................................................AM-10
Locking Wood Astragals .................................................................................................................................................AM-10
Outswing Locking Astragals .....................................................................................................................AM-11 - AM-12
INDEX:
297 ......................................AM-2
300 ......................................AM-4
303 ......................................AM-2
305 ......................................AM-2
310 ......................................AM-3
311CIN ............................AM-3
313 ......................................AM-4
314 ......................................AM-4
316 ......................................AM-2
318 ......................................AM-3
351 ......................................AM-5
352 ......................................AM-6
354 ......................................AM-5
355 ......................................AM-6
356 ......................................AM-6
357 ......................................AM-6
358 ......................................AM-4
359 ......................................AM-6
369 ......................................AM-4
371 ......................................AM-4
372 ......................................AM-4
375 ......................................AM-6
378 ......................................AM-7
3443 ................................AM-11
3444 ................................AM-11
3445 ................................AM-12
3446 ................................AM-12
3447 ................................AM-12
3448 ................................AM-12
3481 ................................AM-10
3483 ................................AM-10
3493 ...................................AM-8
3494 ...................................AM-8
3495 ...................................AM-9
3496 ...................................AM-9
3497 ...................................AM-9
3498 ...................................AM-9
3572 ...................................AM-7
3572PP7 ...........................AM-7
5110 ...................................AM-7
18041 ................................AM-2
18061 ................................AM-2
29310 ................................AM-3
29324 ................................AM-3
29326 ................................AM-3
34831 .............................AM-10
34832 .............................AM-10
B71 ......................................AM-4
OAK349-96....................AM-8
Q107 ..............................AM-12
Q108 ..............................AM-10
S771 ...................................AM-5
S772 ...................................AM-5
SS71 ...................................AM-4
PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
astragals and meeting stiles
AM-2
• Astragals and meeting stiles with a re label may be
mounted on pairs of doors wherein the gap meets
the requirements of NFPA 80, 2-3.1.7 “The clearance
between the meeting edges of doors swinging in pairs
on the pull side shall be 1⁄8" ± 1⁄16" (3.18mm ± 1.59mm)
for steel doors and shall not exceed 1⁄8" (3.18mm) for
wood doors”
• Order split astragals at two (2) pieces by door height
per set of double doors
• Punched with slotted holes for adjustment
• All clear anodized brush products are supplied with gray
brush (available with black brush upon request). Other
nishes supplied with black brush
Astragal and Meeting Stile Gasketing - Split Astragals
297_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
303_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, C, D, G, PW, SN
316_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White)
SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) Special nishes available upon request
305_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G
18061_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, SN
NOTE: Brush should mesh from 1⁄32" to 1⁄16".
18041_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, SN
NOTE: Brush should
mesh from 1⁄32" to 1⁄16".
297_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
297_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
Alternate Inserts For 297
303_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, C, D, G, PW, SN
303_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, C, D, G, PW, SN
Alternate Inserts For 303
316_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G
316_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G
Alternate Inserts For 316
18041_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, SN
Alternate Inserts For 18041
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
astragals and meeting stiles
AM-3
318_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW
310_*
311CIN
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
•Materialrequiredforone
pair of doors:
4 ea. 310 bars and
2 ea. 311CIN cloth inserted
rubber pieces
- Specify 311CIN3.75 for
13⁄4" thick doors
- Specify 311CIN4.00 for
2" thick doors
- Specify 311CIN4.25 for
21⁄4" thick doors
* Sold individually
Astragal and Meeting Stile Gasketing - Split Astragals (Cont.)
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized)
G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) Special nishes available upon request
Split Astragals with Snap Covers – Concealed Fasteners
29310_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
29326_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
NOTE: Brush should
mesh from 1⁄32" to 1⁄16".
29324_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
NOTE: Brush should
mesh from 1⁄32" to 1⁄16".
Alternate Inserts For 29310
29310_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
29310_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
29310_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
29324_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
Alternate Inserts For 29324
• Snap cover helps prevent vandalism and adds an attractive
nished look by concealing the fasteners
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
astragals and meeting stiles
AM-4
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) B (Hemmed Spring Bronze) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized)
G (Gold Anodized) SS (Stainless Steel) Special nishes available upon request
Meeting Stile Gasketing
369_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
369_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
369_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
369_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
369_P
kerfed into
meeting stile
application
300_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G
•Fora3⁄8" gap (or smaller)
between doors
•Spring-loadedfrombackside
B71
SS71
•.008gaugehemmedspring
bronze with .015 gauge brass
retainer
• .008gaugehemmedstainless
steel with .020 gauge stainless
steel retainer
•Availablein96"lengthonly
A371P
A372P
•Availablein84"and96"lengths
•Availableingraypileonly
•Fastenwithnailsorstaples
through pile and backing, or use
adhesive. Fasteners not supplied
•Pileandbackingdonotseparate
313_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
314_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
358_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
• Astragals / Meeting Stiles with a re label may be
mounted on pairs of doors wherein the gap meets
the requirements of NFPA 80, 2-5.4
• These products (except _71) do not work well
on beveled-edge pairs of doors
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
astragals and meeting stiles
AM-5
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
BL (Black) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
Special nishes available upon request
NOTE: If you require split astragals in a metal
to gasket conguration, you must order each
leaf separately with your choice of insert in the
tables below
354_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G
•Fullymortised
Adjustable Astragals
• Available in 84", 96" and 120" lengths
• When used as split astragals on double doors, two lengths
must be ordered: one for each door
351_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G
•Sufaceapplied
351_ / 351_S
354_ / 354_S
Alternate Inserts For 351
351_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G
351_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G
351_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G
Alternate Inserts For 354
354_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G
354_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G
354_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G
S771_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 9', 10'
S772_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: D, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 10'
Adhesive Astragal/Meeting Stile Seals
Notes For All Adhesive Gasketing:
Storage and shelf life: All adhesive gaskets
have a limited shelf life. This product must
be installed within 6 months of purchase and
must be stored between 50ºF and 100ºF.
For further notes/details, please see Adhesive
Gasketing section.
• The S771 and S772 astragal/meeting stile seals can be
installed on virtually any pair of doors where sound
attenuation is required. These products seal the opening
to prevent heat loss, retard the passage of smoke, and act
as a weatherization product
• Excellent resistance to compression set, particularly at
elevated temperatures and for extended periods of time
• Stays exible between -58°F and 450°F with very high
resistance to ex fatigue
• Maintains a low closing force
• Easy installation requires no mechanical fasteners; can be
cut to size in the eld
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
astragals and meeting stiles
AM-6
375_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G
352_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
For reverse bevel doors
“T” and Overlapping Astragals
355_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, BDG, C, D, G, PW, SN
356_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, PW, SN
•Countersinkdrillingwith
countersunk athead screws
also available upon request at
no extra charge
359_
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, B, BDG, DW
357_
357_ND
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, SP, SS (#4 Finish & #4 Edge)
• “ND”denotes“nodrill”(unless
specied “ND”, astragals are drilled)
•Standardfasteneris#10 x 1" Truss
Head SMS
357_ with S88
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
SP, SS (#4 Finish & #4 Edge)
•
1⁄4"- 20 machine screws and thru-bolts must be
ordered separately at additional cost
•Standardfasteneris#10 x 1" Truss Head SMS
•S88(seeAdhesiveGasketingsection)must
be ordered separately at an additional cost,
if required
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) SP (Galvannealed Steel) SS (See Individual Part) Special nishes available upon request
355_ V
AVAILABLE
FINISHES:
B, BDG, C, D,
G, PW, SN
355_ P
AVAILABLE
FINISHES:
B, BDG, C, D,
G, PW, SN
Alternate Inserts
For 355
standard
fastener
with optional fastener
and optional S88
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
astragals and meeting stiles
AM-7
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PP (Prime Painted)
Special nishes available upon request
Adhesive-Backed Mullion Gasketing
5110_
AVAILABLE FINISH: BL
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 120"
• For use on single outswing wood or metal doors
• Covers gap between the door and jamb for the full
door height, preventing prying and manipulation
• 3572_ supplied drilled 12" on center with 1⁄4" holes; “ND”
denotes “no drill”
Offset Security Bar
Security Astragal
3572_
3572_ND
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
SP, SS (#4 Finish & #4 Edge)
AVAILABLE LENGTHS:
80", 84" and 96"
10 GAUGE
3572PP7
3572PP7ND
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
PP
AVAILABLE LENGTHS:
84"
7 GAUGE
3
(4.8)
16
• Automatic security astragal for outswing pairs of
wood and metal doors
• Discourages manipulation of panic-type hardware
• Astragal is held ush against other door by 1⁄2" thick cam
(cam and mounting screws included)
• Anodized aluminum with vinyl seal and stainless steel
operating spring
• Either door may be active without requiring a coordinator
• Only available in 86" and 96" lengths. Parts can be
trimmed 12" maximum from each end
• Should be mounted prior to attaching panic hardware to
eliminate the problem of interference
• Must be installed on the inside and top of a pair of
outswing doors
378_
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
astragals and meeting stiles
AM-8
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) BL (Black) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
Special nishes available upon request
Slimline style with slide bolt
3493_S
3493_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
BDG, C, D, G, PW, SN
3493 also available with 18" slide bolt
(at additional cost) for easier access
(specify “L” at the end of the product
number for this option i.e. 3493_VL)
Slimline style with locking
spring bolt
3494_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
BDG, C, D, G, PW, SN
Slimline Style
Locking Astragals
• Weatherstripped astragals with locking spring bolts or
slide bolts for 13⁄4" inswing double doors
• Odd numbered astragals have econ-omical smooth acting
slide bolts. Slide bolts are 18" from the top/bottom
for easier access. Even numbered astragals have locking
spring bolts. Both have full 3⁄8" diameter steel bolts with
11⁄16" throw. In the extended and locked position, locking
spring bolts cannot be easily retracted by tampering. In
the retracted position, the spring loaded bolts latch rmly,
preventing marking of the oor and door header trim
when opening or closing the inactive door
• Styles 3493 thru 3498 come with a molded sponge
neoprene bottom seal
• All feature four-way adjustable strike plate mounting for
latchbolt and deadbolt
• All come with a vinyl snap-in cover strip to conceal the
cutout and cover the mounting screws
• Astragal stock lengths are 80", 84", 96" and 120"
• A standard deadbolt punchout is 3⁄4" x 4" at 40" on center
Punchout supplied on request only
• Punchout supplied on request only
• For non-stock astragals, specify deadbolt punchout size
and center distance from top end
• Specify handing using the handing chart on page
AM-8 or AM-11
Oak Fascia
•Availablein96"lengthonly
•Theoakfasciaisattachedtothe
face of 3493/3494 locking metal
astragals, providing a aesthetic
appearance while utilizing the
mechanical advantages of the
locking metal astragals
•Theoakfasciaissupplied
unnished to allow for custom
matching
OAK349-96
Handing Chart For Astragals
(For pages AM-8 thru AM-10)
An astragal is handed by the hand of
the active door. The hand of the active
door is determined by the position of the
hinges on the door, when viewed from
the outside (the key side)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
astragals and meeting stiles
AM-9
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
Special nishes available upon request Kerf Colors: BL (Black) W (White)
Locking Astragals
Colonial Style with Thermal Break
Colonial Style
Colonial style with slide bolt and
thermal break
3497_M
3497_Q
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
BDG, C, D, PW
•3497availablewith18" aluminum
bar; specify “L” at the end of product
number (i.e. 3497_M96L)
Colonial style with locking spring
bolt and thermal break
3498_M
3498_Q
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
BDG, C, D, PW
Colonial style with slide bolt
3495_M
3495_Q
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
BDG, C, D, PW, SN
•3495availablewith18" aluminum
bar; specify “L” at the end of
product number (i.e. 3498_Q96L)
Colonial style with locking
spring bolt
3496_M
3496_Q
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
BDG, C, D, G, PW, SN
Q108_
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
BL, W
Available with Q108
insert only upon request
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
astragals and meeting stiles
AM-10
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
Kerf Colors: BL (Black) W (White)
• Fir and Oak are clear, stain grade with no knots on
visible surfaces
• 3481’s are supplied with a hardware kit including:
Two (2) bright brass sliding type ush bolt assemblies
(5⁄16" diameter x 1" long throw bolt) and one 1⁄2" thick
sponge neoprene bottom seal with double faced adhesive
for attachment (non-handed)
3481_Q
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
FIR , OAK
3483_ (0 ush bolts)
34831_ (1 ush bolt)
34832_ (2 ush bolts)
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
FIR , OAK
Illustrations not to scale.
3483FB
3481FB
•Flushboltfaceplatesfor3483FBare3⁄4" x 7".
Face plates for 3481FB are 3/4" x 6"
•A3⁄4" x 9⁄16" x 1⁄8" notch at the top of the door is
required for the ush bolt mounting ange on 3481FB
•Flushboltassembliesforlockingwoodastragalscan
be purchased separately
Locking Wood Astragals
Q108_
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
D, W
3481 available with Q108
insert only upon request
For use on 13⁄8" thick doors
astragals and meeting stiles
AM-10
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
astragals and meeting stiles
AM-11
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
Slimline Style
• Weatherstripped astragals with locking spring bolts or
slide bolts for 13⁄4" outswing double doors. Slide bolts are
18" from the top/bottom for easier access
• Odd numbered astragals have economical smooth acting
slide bolts. Even numbered astragals have locking spring
bolts. Both have full 3⁄8" diameter steel bolts with 11⁄16"
throw for improved locking strength. In the extended
and locked position, locking spring bolts cannot be easily
retracted by tampering. In the retracted position, the spring
loaded bolts latch rmly, thus preventing marking of the
oor and door header trim when opening or closing the
inactive door
• All come with a vinyl snap-in cover strip to conceal
the cutout and to cover the mounting screws
• All feature four-way adjustable strike plate mounting
for latchbolt and deadbolt
• All styles come with a molded sponge neoprene
bottom seal
• Each astragal comes complete with an installation kit
and detailed instructions
• Specify punchout locations with your order
• Specify handing using the handing chart below
Outswing Locking Astragals
Slimline style with slide bolt
3443_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, PW
3443 available with 18" aluminum
bar; specify “L” at the end of product
number (i.e. 3443_S96L)
Slimline style with locking
spring bolt
3444_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, PW
Slimline Style
Handing Chart For Astragals
(For pages AM-11 thru AM-12)
An astragal is handed by the hand of
the active door. The hand of the active
door is determined by the position of the
hinges on the door, when viewed from
the outside (the key side)
astragals and meeting stiles
AM-11
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
astragals and meeting stiles
AM-12
Colonial Style
Colonial style with locking spring bolt
Colonial style with locking spring
bolt and thermal break
Colonial style with slide bolt
Colonial style with slide bolt
and thermal break
3445_Q
AVAILABLE FINISH:
PW
3446_Q
AVAILABLE FINISH:
PW
Colonial Style with Thermal Break
3447_Q
AVAILABLE FINISH:
PW
3448_Q
AVAILABLE FINISH:
PW
Outswing Locking Astragals (Cont.)
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) Special nishes available upon request
Kerf Colors: D (Dark Brown) W (White)
Q107_
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
D, W
3445, 3446, 3447, and 3448
available with Q107 insert only
upon request.
• Can be used when the active outswing door leaf has
a square edge
• Can be used when the active outswing door leaf has
a square edge
astragals and meeting stiles
AM-12
CONTENTS:
180O Aluminum Retainers.....................................................................................................................................BR-2, BR-3
180O Concealed Fastener Retainers........................................................................................................................... BR-3
90O Aluminum Retainers.................................................................................................................................................... BR-4
45O Aluminum Retainers........................................................................................................................................BR-4, BR-5
45O Concealed Fastener Retainers .............................................................................................................................. BR-5
35O Aluminum Retainers.................................................................................................................................................... BR-6
Mortise Retainers................................................................................................................................................................... BR-6
Aluminum Retainers With Rain Drip .......................................................................................................................... BR-6
Oak Retainers 36" Wide..................................................................................................................................................... BR-6
Meeting Stiles............................................................................................................................................................................ BR-7
Automatic Door Bottoms................................................................................................................................................. BR-8
INDEX:
345 ........................................BR-6
411 .......................................BR-8
434 ........................................BR-8
3452 .....................................BR-6
4131 .....................................BR-8
4301 .....................................BR-8
5025 .....................................BR-6
5041 .....................................BR-6
5061 .....................................BR-6
18041 .....................BR-3, BR-7
18061 .....................BR-6, BR-7
18062 ..................................BR-3
18062W ............................BR-6
18100 ..................................BR-3
18100W ............................BR-6
18137 ..................................BR-2
18175 ..................................BR-2
18250 ..................................BR-2
18400 ..................................BR-2
18950 ..................................BR-2
29324 .....................BR-3, BR-7
29326 .....................BR-3, BR-7
29344 ..................................BR-5
29346 ..................................BR-5
35041 ..................................BR-6
35061 ..................................BR-6
45041 ..................................BR-5
45061 ..................................BR-5
45062 ..................................BR-5
45100 ..................................BR-5
45137 ..................................BR-5
45175 ..................................BR-4
45250 ..................................BR-4
45400 ..................................BR-4
90041 ..................................BR-4
90062 ..................................BR-4
90100 ..................................BR-4
90137 ..................................BR-4
293100 ...............................BR-3
PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE
BRUSH GASKETING
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
brush gasketing
BR-2
18950_NB does not
come punched or
drilled unless specied
otherwise
18175_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
18137_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, PW
18250_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
18400_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
(Clear Anodized) (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) (Painted White)
Special nishes available upon request
• All brush seals consist of densely compressed
nylon laments encased in a high quality
aluminum retainer. These products are
ideally suited for hollow metal and wood
door applications. Also use PEMKO’s brush
weatherstripping product on overhead,
section, sliding, and automatic doors
• All brush seals reduce the inltration of light,
air, wind, rain, and snow; prevent heat loss; and
control the penetration of smoke and fumes
• Brush remains exible down to -40°F and has
a melting point above 400°F
• UV stable, dependable, long-lasting,
cost-effective
• Punched with slotted holes for adjustment
(except 35° angle types which are drilled
with 1⁄8" hole)
• Naturally repels rodents and spiders; can
be sprayed with household pest repellent
for additional pest control
18950_NB
AVAILABLE
FINISHES:
C, D
180° Aluminum Retainers
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
brush gasketing
BR-3
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
Special nishes available upon request
• Aluminum snap cover conceals mounting screws to
provide a clean aesthetic appearance
• Cover snaps securely into place to deter vandalism
180° Aluminum Retainers (Cont.)
18100_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, PW
18041_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, SN
Alternate Insert For 18041
18041_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, SN
18061_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, SN
18062_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, PW
293100_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
180° Concealed Fastener Retainers
29326_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
29324_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
Alternate Insert For 29324
29324_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
brush gasketing
BR-4
45250_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
90041_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
90062_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
90041_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
Alternate Insert For 90041
90° Aluminum Retainers
45175_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
45400_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
45° Aluminum Retainers
90100_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
90137_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
• Design permits use as a concealed seal for many applications
• Slotted holes for easy adjustment
• Slotted holes for easy adjustment
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
brush gasketing
BR-5
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
45° Aluminum Retainers (Cont.)
45041_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, SN
Alternate Insert For 45041
45041_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, SN
29344_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
45° Concealed Fastener Retainers
29346_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
29344_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
45061_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, SN
45062_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, PW
45100_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, PW
45137_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, PW
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
brush gasketing
BR-6
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) W (Unfinished Solid Oak)
35° Aluminum Retainers
These products have 1⁄8" drilled fastener holes
3452_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
BDG, C, D, G, PW, SN
345_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW
Aluminum Retainers with Rain Drip
Alternate Insert For 35041
35041_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
35041_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
35061_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
18100WNB
AVAILABLE FINISH:
W
18062WNB
AVAILABLE FINISH:
W
Oak Retainers 36" Wide
• These products have 1⁄8" drilled fastener holes
Alternate Insert For 5041
5041_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A
Mortise Retainers
• The ultimate design for concealed weatherstrip needs
• Can be used on doors, windows and more
5041_NB
AVAILABLE FINISH:
A
5061_NB
AVAILABLE FINISH:
A
5025_SB
AVAILABLE FINISH:
A
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
brush gasketing
BR-7
• Astragals and Meeting Stiles with a re label may be
mounted on pairs of doors wherein the gap meets the
requirements of NFPA 80, 2-3.1.7 “The clearance between
the meeting edges of doors swinging in pairs on the
pull side shall be 1⁄8" ± 1⁄16" (3.18mm ± 1.59mm) for steel
doors and shall not exceed 1⁄8" (3.18mm) for wood doors”
• Snap cover helps prevent vandalism and adds an attractive
nished look by concealing the fasteners
• NOTE: Although drawn with a gap between the brush,
when installed, these brush products SHOULD make
contact. Brush should mesh from 1⁄32" to 1⁄16"
18041_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, SN
29324_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
18061_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, SN
29326_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
Meeting Stiles
Alternate Insert For 18041
18041_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G, SN
Alternate Insert For 29324
29324_SB
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
brush gasketing
BR-8
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
Automatic Door Bottoms
• When ordering 4131 or 4301, specify if the automatic
door bottom is for a semi-mortise application so that
shorter screws can be provided
411_NBL
AVAILABLE FINISH:
A
4131_NBL
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
BDG, C, D, G, SN
27 32
(21.4)
516
(33.3)
1
434_NBL
AVAILABLE FINISH:
A
25 32
(45.2)
1
29 32
(23.0)
SEMI-
MORTISED
SURFACE
MOUNTED
4301_NBL
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D
nylon brush (NB)
nylon brush (NB)
nylon brush (NB) nylon brush (NB)
PERIMETER GASKETING
CONTENTS:
Standard Perimeter Gasketing .............................................................................................................................PG-2-PG4
Stainless Steel Perimeter Gasketing .............................................................................................................................PG-5
Adjustable Jamb Gasketing ................................................................................................................................................PG-5
Heavy Duty Perimeter Gasketing - Standard Jamb .............................................................................................PG-6
Heavy Duty Perimeter Gasketing - Head Section ...............................................................................................PG-6
Snap Cover Perimeter Gasketing with Concealed Fasteners .......................................................................PG-7
Heavy Duty Interlock Perimeter Gasketing .............................................................................................................PG-7
Kerf-In Weatherstrip-Foam, Silicone .............................................................................................................. PG-8-PG-9
Thermoplastic Kerf-In Weatherstrip ............................................................................................................................PG-9
Magnetic Kerf-In Weatherstrip ........................................................................................................................................PG-9
Adhesive Perimeter Gasketing ....................................................................................................................... PG-9-PG-10
Interlock Weatherstrip For Wood Doors ............................................................................................................ PG-11
Interlock Weatherstrip For Wood Windows ...................................................................................................... PG-11
Cushion/Spring Weatherstrip .......................................................................................................................................PG-12
INDEX:
2P .......................................PG-11
4C ......................................PG-11
4P .......................................PG-11
6C ......................................PG-11
10 .......................................PG-11
11 ......................................PG-11
30 .......................................PG-11
41M ..................................PG-11
43 .......................................PG-11
70C-100.........................PG-12
70D-100 ........................PG-12
70E-100 ..........................PG-12
70F-100 ..........................PG-12
71 .......................................PG-12
73 .......................................PG-12
74 .......................................PG-12
75 .......................................PG-12
285 ....................................... PG-4
290 ....................................... PG-6
294 ....................................... PG-3
296 ....................................... PG-4
297 ....................................... PG-2
299 ....................................... PG-3
303 ....................................... PG-2
305 ....................................... PG-3
306 ....................................... PG-2
309 ....................................... PG-4
312 .......................................PG-4
315 .......................................PG-4
316 .......................................PG-2
319 .......................................PG-3
322 ....................................... PG-5
330 ....................................... PG-4
331 ....................................PG-11
332 ....................................... PG-3
335 ....................................... PG-7
336 ....................................... PG-7
350 ....................................... PG-5
375 ....................................... PG-4
379 ....................................... PG-5
2815_M ............................. PG-9
2891 .................................... PG-6
2892 .................................... PG-6
2893 .................................... PG-6
28945 ................................. PG-6
2902 .................................... PG-6
2903 .................................... PG-6
29045 ................................. PG-6
29310 .................................PG-7
29313 .................................PG-7
29321 .................................PG-7
29344 ................................. PG-7
29346 ................................. PG-7
305SSE ............................... PG-5
305SSS ...............................PG-5
315SSR .............................. PG-5
319SSN .............................PG-5
332SSR............................... PG-5
375SSR............................... PG-5
AM44 ............................... PG-10
AM88 ............................... PG-10
MAG349 ...........................PG-9
NL1634 ..........................PG-12
NL1678 ..........................PG-12
NL13516 .......................PG-12
P50 ....................................... PG-9
P51B17 ........................... PG-12
PF114PS .........................PG-10
PK33 .................................PG-10
PK52 .................................... PG-9
PK55 .................................PG-10
Q102 ..................................PG-8
Q103 ..................................PG-8
Q106 ..................................PG-8
Q107 ..................................PG-8
Q108 ..................................PG-8
S44 ....................................... PG-9
S44x2 ............................... PG-10
S52 ....................................... PG-8
S77 ....................................PG-10
S88 ....................................... PG-9
S104 ....................................PG-8
S105 ....................................PG-8
S109 ....................................PG-8
S771x6 ............................PG-10
S773 .................................... PG-9
S776 .................................PG-10
PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
perimeter gasketing
PG-2
13 16
(20.6)
Standard Perimeter Gasketing
• Rigid jamb weatherstrip shown mounted on openings
with 1⁄16" gaps; however, each weatherstrip can seal gaps
up to the depth of its seal. Seal depth provided on each
illustration (example: the 303 has a 1⁄4" seal; therefore, it
can seal up to a 1⁄4" gap)
• Punched on 6" centers with slotted holes for adjustment
• Stainless steel fasteners are standard
• Other fasteners are available
• Models 294, 303, and 306 are available with self-adhesive
two-sided tape (TST) and tek screws (3 slotted holes
per part) for easy installation. To obtain this option, add
“TST” to the end of the part when ordering (example:
303AVTST)
303_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, C, D, G, PW, SN
316_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G
316_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G
297_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
306_Q
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, PW
Minimum space between the door face and
the stop is 3⁄16"; maximum space is 5⁄16"
306_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
297_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
303_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, C, D, G, PW, SN
297_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
303_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, C, D, G, PW, SN
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White)
SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
316_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
perimeter gasketing
PG-3
Standard Perimeter Gasketing (Cont.)
294_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
332_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
305_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G
319_N
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
305_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G
299_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
PA, PD, PG, PW
Available only in 36", 72", 80",
84" and 96" lengths
319_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
332_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
319_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
PA (Mill Finish Aluminum) PD (Painted Dark Bronze) PG (Painted Gold) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
perimeter gasketing
PG-4
Standard Perimeter Gasketing (Cont.)
309_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
Minimum space between
the door face and the
stop is 3⁄16"; maximum
space is 5⁄16"
17 32
(13.5)
(25.4)
1
21 32
(16.7)
285_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
330_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
312_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G
916
(14.3) (25.4)
1
21 32
(16.7)
285_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
375_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized)
G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) SS (See Individual Part)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
296_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
315_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, C, D, G
296_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
296_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
C, D, G
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
perimeter gasketing
PG-5
18
(28.6)
1
3 16
(4.8)
1 4
(6.4)
332SSR
AVAILABLE FINISH:
SS (#4 Finish)
305SSE
AVAILABLE FINISH:
SS (#4 Finish)
315SSR
AVAILABLE FINISH:
SS (#4 Finish)
305SSS
AVAILABLE FINISH:
SS (#4 Finish)
319SSN
AVAILABLE FINISH:
SS (#4 Finish)
Stainless Steel Perimeter Gasketing
• Stainless Steel is a tough and durable material that
tolerates exposure to chemicals and heavy use
• Easy to clean to meet sanitary requirements
• Long lasting with low cost of ownership
Adjustable Jamb Gasketing
322_SN
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G
• Adjustable jamb gasketing is shown mounted on openings
with 1⁄16" gaps; however, each weatherstrip can seal gaps
up to 1⁄4"
• Adjustable jamb weatherstrip can adjust 3⁄16" out from the
position illustrated
379_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G
379_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G
379_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G
516
(33.3)
1
13 16
(20.6)
350_SPK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G
350_SR
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G
13 16
(20.6)
516
(33.3)
1
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) SS (See Individual Part)
375SSR
AVAILABLE FINISH:
SS (#4 Finish)
12
(12.7)
78
(47.6)
1
3 8
(9.5)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
perimeter gasketing
PG-6
• All gasketing shown below is sold individually
Heavy Duty Perimeter Gasketing - Standard Jamb
• For the head section of the frame where a parallel arm closer bracket or other
hardware is required. Supplied undrilled (36") or drilled (80" and above) and supplied
with sheet metal screws for mounting
• If used as a stop, at head machine screws can be provided upon request and take a
countersunk #10 hole. PEMKO will drill the head member only if drilling instructions
for countersink holes are provided
• All gasketing shown below is sold individually
Heavy Duty Perimeter Gasketing - Head Section
2903_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
2902_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
2891_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
2891_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
2893_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
Special nishes available upon request
290_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
2891_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
29045_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
2892_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
290_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
Alternate Inserts For 290
290_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G
When ordering a head section
such as 2891_PK, two corresponding
side sections (290_PK) should also
be ordered for the latch and hinge
sides of the frame.
2891_PK
1 per door
standard
290_PK
2 per door
standard
12
(38.1)
1
1 4
(6.4)
28945_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
perimeter gasketing
PG-7
Heavy Duty Interlock
Snap Cover Perimeter Gasketing With Concealed Fasteners
• Low-prole snap cover conceals mounting screws to
provide security and a clean aesthetic appearance
• All clear anodized brush products are supplied with gray
brush (black brush available upon request)
335_R
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
336_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
29313_TF
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D
29310_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G
29310_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G
29310_S
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G
29310_PK
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G
335_R applied to
jamb; 336_ applied
to door.
29346_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D
29344_NB
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
LATCH SIDE
HINGE SIDE
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
Note: Diagram consists of two parts, each sold separately.
29321_TF
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
perimeter gasketing
PG-8
• Extruded from platinum cross-linked silicon
• Self-extinguishing and non-toxic
• Unaffected by sunlight, ozone, and ultraviolet rays
• Impervious to fungus and mildew; will not deteriorate
under normal exposure
Q106_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: D, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 85", 97", 121"
Minimum space between the door face
and the stop is 5⁄16"; maximum space is 1⁄2"
Q102_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 85", 97"
Minimum space between the door face and
the stop is 5⁄16"; maximum space is 1⁄2"
Q103_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 85", 97", 121"
Minimum space between the door face
and the stop is 3⁄16"; maximum space is 5⁄16"
• PEMKO’s “Q” foam kerf-in weatherstrip is constructed
from soft cell foam enclosed by an embossed, tear-
resistant, low-friction, UV-stable polyethylene cover
• Includes rigid PVC insert with extended ange for fast
and easy kerf installation
Kerf-In Weatherstrip
S109_100
AVAILABLE FINISHES: D, W
Minimum space between the
door face and the stop is 1⁄16";
maximum space is 5⁄16"
S105_100
AVAILABLE FINISHES: D, W
Minimum space between the
door face and the stop is 1⁄16";
maximum space is 3⁄8"
S104_100
AVAILABLE FINISHES: D, W
Minimum space between the
door face and the stop is 1⁄16";
maximum space is 1⁄4"
Q107_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, W
Minimum space between the door face and
the stop is 1⁄8"; maximum space is 7⁄16"
Sold per foot (specify length)
Q108_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, W
Minimum space between the door face
and the stop is 1⁄8"; maximum space is 1⁄2"
Sold per foot (specify length)
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
BL (Black) D (Dark Brown) W (White)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
S52_ 100
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 100'
• Minimum space between
the door face and the stop is
1⁄16"; maximum space is 3⁄8"
• Positive Pressure rated up to
3 hours
Foam
Silicone
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
perimeter gasketing
PG-9
Magnetic Gasketing
MAG349_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: D, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 37", 85", 96", 121"
• Minimum space between the door face and
the stop is 3⁄8"; maximum space is 7⁄16"
• Magnetic kerf-in weatherstrip features a
magnetic strip encased by a UV-stable
TPE cover
• Use for steel-faced door and wood frame
applications
• Can be trimmed in the eld and
corner-mitered
P50_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 25', 250'
• Minimum space between the door face
and the stop is 1⁄16"; maximum space is
5⁄16". Available in 17' or 25' packaged coils
• Thermoplastic elastomer formulation
will not transmigrate; remains exible
to -60° F
Kerf-In Weatherstrip (Cont.)
PK52_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 18', 20', 300'
• Minimum space between the door face
and the stop is 1⁄16"; maximum space is 3⁄8"
• Positive Pressure rated up to 20 minutes
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
BL (Black) C (Black) D (Dark Brown) W (White)
Adhesive Corner Pad Colors: blank (Black Pad) W (White Pad)
Metal: C (Clear Anod) D (Dark Brown Anod) G (Gold Anod)
2815_M
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G
Adhesive Perimeter Gasketing
For more information on these perimeter gasketing
products, please see the Adhesive Gasketing section.
S773_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, GR, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25',
30', 250'
•Triple-ndesigneffectivelyblockslight
and sound from inltrating a room
•Productdesignedashospitalitygasketing
(see more hospitality products in the
Hospitality Products section)
S88_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, TAN, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30',
204', 510'
•Sealbeginscompressingat1⁄4"; compresses
to seal up to a 1⁄16" gap
S44_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, GR, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25',
30', 510'
•Designedfortighterframes.
•Demonstratesextremelylowclosingforce.
•Sealbeginscompressingat5⁄16"; compresses
to seal up to a 1⁄16" gap
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
perimeter gasketing
PG-10
Adhesive Perimeter Gasketing (Cont.)
For more information on these perimeter gasketing products,
please see the Adhesive Gasketing section.
S77_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, BL, D, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21',
25', 30'
•Designedforhollowmetalandwood
meeting stile applications.
•Sealbeginscompressingat5⁄16";
compresses to seal up to a 1⁄16" gap
PK33_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25',
30', 510'
•Designedfortighterframes.
•Demonstratesextremelylowclosingforce.
•Sealbeginscompressingat3⁄16"; compresses to
seal up to a 1⁄16" gap
PK55_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25',
30', 510'
•Designedfortighterframes.
•Demonstratesextremelylowclosingforce.
•Sealbeginscompressingat3⁄16"; compresses
to seal up to a 1⁄16" gap
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
Adhesive Gasketing Colors: BL (Black) C (Clear) D (Dark Brown) GR (Light Gray) TAN (Tan) W (White)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
NOTES FOR ALL ADHESIVE GASKETING:
Storage and shelf life: All adhesive gaskets have a limited shelf life. This product must be installed within 6 months of purchase and must be
stored between 50ºF and 100ºF. For further notes/details, please see Adhesive Gasketing section.
S776_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21'
•Designedforhollowmetalandwood
meeting stile applications
•Sealbeginscompressingat3⁄8"; compresses
to seal up to a 1⁄16" gap
1
4
(6.4)
”
3
8
(9.5)
”
(25.4)
”
1
NEW!
S44x2
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, GR, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17’, 18’, 20’, 21’, 25’,
30' 510’
•Fitsushintocorner
•Sealbeginscompressingat5⁄16"; compresses
to seal up to a 1⁄16" gap
S771x6_
AVAILABLE FINISH: BL
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 10', 17', 18',
20', 21', 25'
•Designedforhollowmetalandwood
meeting stile applications
•Sealbeginscompressingat5⁄16"; compresses
to seal up to a 1⁄16" gap
NEW!
NEW!
PF114PS_
AVAILABLE FINISH: BL
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 48", 72", 86", 96"
•Polyproylenepressuresensitivedoor
gasketing may be reversed to provide
wipe-seal rather than compression-seal
AM88_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25',
30', 510'
AM44_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25',
30', 510'
MicroShield® Antimicrobial Gasketing
NEW!
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
perimeter gasketing
PG-11
Liner Strip
• Made from .008" spring bronze (B)
Interlock Weatherstrip For Wood Windows
Flat Hooks
• _10 Flat hooks are made from .026" spring bronze
(B) or .0172" galvannealed steel (Z)
• _11 Flat hooks are made from .015" spring bronze
(B) or .0172" galvannealed steel (Z)
_30
AVAILABLE FINISH: B
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 96"
Lock Strip
• Made from .008" spring bronze (B)
_331
AVAILABLE FINISH: B
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 6", 96"
“L” Met al
• Bronze or zinc-plated wafer head drive screws
available for _41M (sold separately)
_41M
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, Z
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 96"
_43
AVAILABLE FINISH: B
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 96"
_10
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, Z
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 96"
_11
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, Z
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 96"
_4C (13⁄8" width)
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, Z
Corrugated Rib Strips
• Corrugated rib strips are made from .015" spring bronze
(B) or .0172" galvannealed steel (Z)
• _4C and _6C are only available in 96" lengths
Plain Rib Strips
• Plain rib strips are made from .015" spring
bronze (B) or .0172" galvannealed steel (Z)
_6C (17⁄8" width)
AVAILABLE FINISH: Z
_4C (1-3⁄8" width) shown
above; also available in _6C
(1-⁄8" width) in galvannealed
steel (Z) only
_2P (1" width)
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, Z
_4P (1-3⁄8" width)
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, Z
_2P (1" width) shown above;
also available in _4P
(1 3⁄8" width).
_2P and _4P available in 96"
lengths only
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
B (Bronze) Z (galvannealed steel)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
Interlock Weatherstrip For Wood Doors
• Fasteners available at additional cost
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
perimeter gasketing
PG-12
Cushion/Spring Weatherstrip for Wood or Metal Doors and Windows
Spring Bronze - Wood Doors/Windows
• Spring bronze weatherstrip ts wood doors and wood
casement windows
• Made from .008" hemmed spring bronze/brass (B)
• Nails should be approximately 11⁄2" on center
(sold separately)
Cushion (“V”) - Wood or Metal Doors
• Cushion weatherstrip ts wood or metal doors
• Made from .008" hemmed spring bronze/brass (B)
• Nails should be approximately 3" on center
(sold separately)
Spring Bronze - Metal Doors
• Spring bronze for metal doors may also be used as a
meeting stile
• Made from .08" hemmed spring bronze/brass (B)
• .015" brass (B) retainer
Fasteners for Cushion, Spring and Interlock Weatherstrip
• Fasteners for cushion, spring, and interlock weatherstrip
are sold separately unless otherwise specied
NL1678_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, BP, Z
For Wood: #16 x 7⁄8" at head nail
NL1634_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BB, SS
For Wood: #16 x 3⁄4" at head nail
NL13516_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BP, Z
For Metal: #13 x 5⁄16" wafer head
drive screw
_71
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 96"
_73
AVAILABLE FINISH: B
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 96"
_74
AVAILABLE FINISH: B
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 96"
_75
AVAILABLE FINISH: B
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 96"
_70D-100
AVAILABLE FINISH: B
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 100'
_70E-100
AVAILABLE FINISH: B
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 100'
_70F-100
AVAILABLE FINISH: B
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 100'
_70C-100
AVAILABLE FINISH: B
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 100'
P51B17
P51B17 is 17 feet of _70C
Packaged with nails
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
B (Bronze) BB (Solid Brass) BL (Black) BP (Brass Plate) SS (Stainless Steel) Z (Zinc)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
CONTENTS:
SiliconSeal Adhesive-Backed Fire/Smoke Gasketing .............................................................................. AG-2-AG-3
PemkoPrene Adhesive-Backed Fire/Smoke Gasketing ....................................................................................... AG-3
MicroShield® Antimicrobial Gasketing ......................................................................................................................... AG-4
Hot Smoke Seal/SiliconSeal Combination Fire/Smoke Sealing ...................................................................... AG-4
INDEX:
AM44 ..................................AG-4
AM88 ..................................AG-4
HSS1000 ...........................AG-4
HSS2000 ...........................AG-4
HSS2000xS44 ................AG-4
HSS2000xS88 ................AG-4
PK33 ....................................AG-2
PK55 ....................................AG-2
S44 .......................................AG-2
S44x2 ..................................AG-2
S77 .......................................AG-2
S88 .......................................AG-2
S771 ....................................AG-3
S771x6 ...............................AG-3
S772 ....................................AG-3
S773 ....................................AG-3
S776 ....................................AG-3
PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE
ADHESIVE GASKETING
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
adhesive gasketing
AG-2
SiliconSeal Adhesive-Backed Fire/Smoke Gasketing
S44_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18' 20', 21', 25',
30' 510'
• Designed for tighter frames
• Demonstrates extremely low closing force
• Seal begins compressing at 5⁄16"; compresses
to seal up to a 1⁄16" gap
S77_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21',
25', 30'
• Designed for hollow metal and wood
meeting stile applications
• Seal begins compressing at 5⁄16";
compresses to seal up to a 1⁄16" gap
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
BL (Black) C (Clear) D (Dark Brown) GR (Light Gray) TAN (Tan) W (White)
S88_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, TAN, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30',
204', 510'
• Seal begins compressing at 1⁄4"; compresses
to seal up to a 1⁄16" gap
Application is acceptable anywhere along jamb face
**S44 shown, but application detail applies to S88 and S77, and PK33
and PK55 also.
Strike JambHeaderHinge Jamb
• SiliconSeal is extruded from high-temperature
silicone; effective between -58°F and 450°F
• Self-extinguishing and non-toxic; unaffected by
sunlight, ozone, and ultraviolet rays
• Impervious to fungus and mildew; will not
deteriorate under normal exposure
• Meets FAR 25.853 Airworthiness Standards for
Compartment Interiors
PK55_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25',
30', 510’
• Designed for tighter frames
• Demonstrates extremely low closing force
• Seal begins compressing at 3⁄16"; compresses
to seal up to a 1⁄16" gap
PK33_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25',
30', 510'
• Designed for tighter frames
• Demonstrates extremely low closing force
• Seal begins compressing at 3⁄16"; compresses
to seal up to a 1⁄16" gap
S44x2_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, GR, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25',
30', 510'
• Fits ush into corner
• Seal begins compressing at 5⁄16"; compresses
to seal up to a 1⁄16" gap in either direction
NEW!
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
adhesive gasketing
AG-3
Application for
S773 and S776
• Excellent resistance to compression set, particularly at
elevated temperatures and for extended periods of time
• Outstanding ozone resistance rating
• Smoke tested in accordance with UL1784-01; meets
the requirements of NFPA 105 “Standard for the
Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies and Other
Opening Protectives”
PemkoPrene Adhesive-Backed Fire/Smoke Gasketing
SiliconSeal Adhesive-Backed Fire/Smoke Gasketing (Cont.)
S773_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, GR, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17’, 18’, 20’, 21’, 25’, 30', 250'
• Triple-n design effectively blocks light and sound from
inltrating a room
S771_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 9', 10'
S772_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 10'
Gasket may be applied to either the active or inactive door leaf.
**Note: detail is for S771, S771x6, and S772
Single Acting Door Double Acting Door
S776_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21'
• Designed for hollow metal and wood meeting stile
applications
• Seal begins compressing at 3⁄8"; compresses to seal up
to a 1⁄16" gap
NEW!
S771x6_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7, 8, 10, 17, 18, 20, 21, 25
5 16
(7.9)
(25.4)
1
NEW!
• Designed for hollow metal and wood meeting
stile applications
• Seal begins compressing at 5⁄16"; compresses to seal
up to a 1⁄16" gap
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
BL (Black) C (Clear) D (Dark Brown) GR (Light Gray) W (White)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
adhesive gasketing
AG-4
• Chemically inert, highly stable, expandable graphite strip
• Tested and proven in positive pressure conditions to
withstand both hot smoke and hot gasses, resulting in
longer integrity of the door assembly
• More economical to use than specially modied doors in
“tested assembly only” classications
• Hot Smoke Seal can be painted to blend in with the
nish of a frame
• Will not degrade from carbon dioxide and ozone
like many competitive intumescences from other
manufacturers
• Unaffected by moisture and will not break down
like ber-based or cellulose-based products
• Extruded from high-temperature silicone with
MicroShield®, a silver-based antimicrobial additive
• Effective between -58ºF and 450ºF
• Adhesive Backed
• Self-extinguishing and non-toxic
• Unaffected by sunlight, ozone and ultraviolet rays
• Exceeds the requirements for Antimicrobial
Tes t JIS -Z-28 01
MicroShield® Antimicrobial Gasketing:
Hot Smoke Seal/SiliconSeal Combination Fire/Smoke Sealing
AM88_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25',
30', 510'
HSS2000_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: Graphite (no nish code), W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 10', 18', 21', 24'
Adhesive backed
(surface applied)
intumescent.
AM44_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25',
30', 510'
HSS1000_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: Graphite (no nish code), W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8',10',18', 21', 24'
Non-adhesive backed
(mortise applied)
intumescent.
HSS2000xS44_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 18', 20', 21', 24'
20’ lengths can be supplied in 4-0 x 8-0 or
6-0 x 7-0. Specify when ordering
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
BL (Black) C (Clear) D (Dark Brown) GR (Light Gray) TAN (Tan) W (White)
HSS2000xS88_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, TAN, W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 18', 20', 21', 24'
20’ lengths can be supplied in 4-0 x 8-0 or
6-0 x 7-0. Specify when ordering
Notes For All Adhesive Gasketing:
Storage and shelf life: All adhesive gaskets have
a limited shelf life. This product must be installed
within 6 months of purchase and must be stored
between 50ºF and 100ºF.
Before installing: Thoroughly clean the frame
to remove grease, dust or cleanser build-up
(cleansing towelettes are included with product).
Painted frame surface must be completely dry.
Some hospital environments have wax or anti-
bacterial cleanser build-up. As an alternative
or substitute cleanser, use isopropyl (rubbing)
alcohol. Note: Mineral spirits or other petroleum
based cleaning products should NOT be used.
MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide
innovative solutions to their
customers, certain ASSA ABLOY
Group brands offer the MicroShield®
technology, a silver-based antimicrobial
additive designed to inhibit the
growth of bacteria.
MicroShield® is a registered trademark
of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA ABLOY
Group company.
NEW!
SPECIALIZED PRODUCTS
CONTENTS:
Privacy Door Latch................................................................................................................................................................. SP-2
Privacy Door Latch Bracket............................................................................................................................................... SP-2
Privacy Door Latch Decals.................................................................................................................................................SP-3
Acoustic Adhesive Corner Pads......................................................................................................................................SP-3
Heavy Duty Door Bumper................................................................................................................................................SP-3
Power Transfers.........................................................................................................................................................................SP-4
INDEX:
ACP112 ..............................SP-3
E199 ......................................SP-3
EL-CEPT ..............................SP-4
EL-EPT..................................SP-4
EL-EPT-SC ..........................SP-4
EL-EPTL ...............................SP-4
I96 ...........................................SP-3
PDL ........................................SP-2
PDLBRKT ...........................SP-2
PDL-D1 ...............................SP-3
PDL-D2 ...............................SP-3
PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
specialized products
SP-2
• Easy to install, simple to operate
• ADA Compliant
• Enhances room privacy
• UL classied as a re door accessory
Privacy Door Latch
PDL_
AVAILABLE COLORS:
US26 Bright Chrome
US26D/15 Dull Chrome/Satin Nickel
US3 Bright Brass
US4 Dull Brass
US10B Dark Bronze
Privacy Door Latch Bracket
PDLBRKT_
AVAILABLE COLORS:
Off White
• Designed for Timely or Redi-Frame frames with snap on trim
• Bracket allows PDL to be installed in the correct position for
proper operation
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
specialized products
SP-3
• Used to cover holes left on door and frame from old style
door latch. Per NFPA80 holes must rst be lled with like
material in order to maintain the re opening rating
• Made from stable, mar-resistant plastic
• Sub-surface screen printing so verbiage will not be
affected by gentle cleaning/dusting
Privacy Door Latch Decals
PDL-D1
• Corner pad with black or white polypropylene pile,
with pressure-sensitive adhesive
• Apply to corner of jamb on hinge side to seal against
air and light inltration
Acoustic Adhesive Corner Pads
ACP112_
AVAILABLE COLORS:
BL, W
PDL-D2
• Heavy duty door bumper extruded from black EPDM (E)
• Order 196_ separately (see page CT-24); furnished undrilled
unless requested otherwise
Heavy Duty Door Bumper
E199_ 196_
E199_
196_
AVAILABLE COLORS: A
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
specialized products
SP-4
• These Securitron electronic power transfer units t into
doors and frames to transfer power from your power
supply to the door-mounted electronic device
• Contact your hinge manufacturer for
cutout availability
Power Transfers
EL-CEPT
AVAILABLE COLORS:
US32D, US10B
• Installs in the door and frame edges
• Flexible steel shield protects wires–3⁄8" (9.5mm) I.D.
• New universal device; works with most butt and
continuous hinges up to 105-degrees of opening
• Not for use with center pivot doors or with pivot
hinges with offset greater than 3⁄4"
• UL634, UL10B, UL10C Listed
• ANSI A250.13-2003–Windstorm Resistant
EL-EPT
AVAILABLE COLORS:
US2C
• Mortises into the edges of the door and frame
• Tamper-resistant; no exposed openings
• All metal construction, including backboxes
• 7⁄8" knockouts on back boxes to accommodate
EMF-type tting
• 12-wire conguration with ElectroLynx compatible
connectors
• Tested to 1,000,000 cycles
• Will not work on center-hung or balanced doors
• Works with most continuous hinges, up to 6" wide
• UL10B and UL10C listed
• Installs in the door and frame edges
• Flexible steel shield protects wires–3⁄8" (9.5mm) I.D.
• New universal device; works with most butt and
continuous hinges up to 180-degrees of opening
• Not for use with center pivot doors or with pivot hinges
with offset greater than 3⁄4"
• UL634, UL10B, UL10C Listed
• ANSI A250.13-2003–Windstorm Resistant
EL-EPTL
AVAILABLE COLORS:
US2C
• Installs in the door and frame edges
• Flexible steel shield protects wires–3/8" (9.5mm) I.D.
• New universal device; works with most butt and
continuous hinges
• Functions on off-set pivot and swing clear hinged doors
• UL634, UL10B, UL10C Listed
• ANSI A250.13-2003–Windstorm Resistant
EL-EPT-SC
AVAILABLE COLORS:
US2C
•
•
SLIDING & FOLDING HARDWARE
CONTENTS:
H180A Series .......................................................................................................................................................................... SF-2
SHS80 Series ........................................................................................................................................................................... SF-3
Sliding 200 Series ..................................................................................................................................................................SF-4
Side Wall Track System .................................................................................................................................................... SF-5
Bypass Track Series .............................................................................................................................................................SF-6
SIM200A Series ..................................................................................................................................................................... SF-7
LP200 Series ............................................................................................................................................................................SF-8
Sirocco Series .......................................................................................................................................................................... SF-9
H300S-OH Series ..............................................................................................................................................................SF-10
H300S-SW Series ..............................................................................................................................................................SF-11
H440A-OH Series .............................................................................................................................................................SF-12
H440A-SW Series .............................................................................................................................................................SF-13
H600S-OH Series ..............................................................................................................................................................SF-14
H600S-SW Series ..............................................................................................................................................................SF-15
H800S-OH Series .............................................................................................................................................................SF-16
H800S-SW Series ..............................................................................................................................................................SF-17
H1100A-OH Series ..........................................................................................................................................................SF-18
H1100A-SW Series ...........................................................................................................................................................SF-19
Sliding Glass Series ............................................................................................................................................................SF-20
Pocket Frame Kit .................................................................................................................................................................SF-21
Folding 100 Series ............................................................................................................................................................. SF-22
Pacer Interior End Fold Series ................................................................................................................................... SF-23
Flexirol Interior End Fold Series ...............................................................................................................................SF-24
Options & Accessories ................................................................................................................................................... SF-25
INDEX:
280 ........................................................SF 4
281 ..............................SF- 3, SF-4, SF 7,
...............................................SF- 20, SF- 22
283 .................................................... SF- 22
284 ...........................................SF- 4-SF- 7
286 ........................................... SF- 4 SF- 6
290 .....................................SF- 10, SF- 11
301 .....................................SF- 14- SF- 17
608 .................................................... SF- 20
610 .................................................... SF- 20
2812 .................................................... SF- 6
102N .........SF- 2SF- 8, SF- 10SF- 17
102WA .................SF- 2 SF- 7, SF- 11,
...............................................SF- 13, SF- 17
102WN ................... SF- 2SF- 5, SF- 7,
...............................SF- 11, SF- 13, SF- 15,
...............................................SF- 15, SF- 17
106HF/94...................................... SF- 22
106R/94 ..............................SF- 3, SF- 8,
...............................................SF- 10 SF- 19
1075C ................................................ SF- 2
1076A ................................................ SF- 2
1A/290............................................ SF- 11
1A/290/EC ....................SF- 10, SF- 11
1A/301.............................SF- 15, SF- 17
1A/301/EC .................... SF- 14SF- 17
1A/550............................................ SF- 19
1B ....................................................... SF- 13
21/550/P ........................................ SF- 24
21B/P ............................................... SF- 23
21BO/4 .......................................... SF- 23
21N/94 ........................................... SF-23
21R/94 ............................................ SF-24
280_SWF ....................................... SF- 5
280_- SWT ...................................... SF- 5
2802A ................................................ SF- 6
2802BT.............................................. SF- 6
280A ..........................SF- 3, SF- 4, SF- 7,
..................................SF- 9, SF- 20, SF- 22
280AN................................................SF8
280C- SWTKIT............................. SF- 5
280D- SWTKIT ............................ SF- 5
281A ................................................... SF- 8
282HD ........................................... SF- 22
284D ................................................ SF- 20
287HD .....................SF- 2, SF- 4, SF- 6
289B ................................................. SF- 22
289T ................................................. SF- 22
3A/290............................................ SF- 10
3A/301.............................SF- 14, SF- 16
403/2 .................................SF- 23, SF- 24
550A .................SF- 18, SF- 19, SF- 24
556/21 ............................................. SF- 24
556/57 ..............................SF- 18, SF- 19
57A/N ..............................SF- 16, SF- 27
57A/S ................................SF- 14, SF- 15
57B .....................................SF- 12, SF- 13
57K/N ...............................SF- 10, SF- 11
600A .................SF- 12, SF- 13, SF- 23
601H .......................SF- 3, SF- 7, SF- 20
601P ..................................SF 12, SF- 13
8/10/75 HUSKY ....................... SF- 20
89/2N ...............................SF- 10- SF- 19
94A ..........................................SF- 2SF- 8,
SF- 10- SF 13-SF- 19, SF- 22-SF24
971A .............SF- 3, SF- 4, SF- 7, SF- 8,
..........SF- 10, SF- 12, SF- 14, SF- 16,
............... SF- 18, SF- 20, SF- 22, SF- 24
DELLH ............................................... SF- 9
DELRH .............................................. SF- 9
F134 ..................................................... SF- 6
F134C.........................SF- 2- SF- 4, SF- 7
F136 .................................................. SF- 20
F160C.............................................. SF- 12
F160ECP ....................................... SF- 12
PRODUCT PAGE
Sliding & Folding Hardware allows space previously required for swing clearance can now be better utilized for decor or to give a more open feel.
PEMKO is the North American distributor for sliding and folding door hardware manufactured by P.C. Henderson. PEMKO has created
hardware solution kits with all the components needed to complete a project, except for the actual door. The warranty on P.C.
Henderson products is 2 years.
PEMKO also provides several solution kits of its own including the Pocket Frame Kit, Side Wall Track System, and Bypass Track System.
The warranty on PEMKO manufactured products is 5 years.
Select your solution kit based on the door weight, size, mounting (overhead or side wall), sliding or folding, and any special characteristics
of the particular opening such as the need for a low profile system. Kits are offered for doors weighing 180 lbs up to 1100 lbs.
F200C.............................................. SF- 13
F200ECP ....................................... SF- 13
FIF2/275A ..................................... SF- 24
H100/200 Pack ................SF- 4- SF- 6
H1100A- OH ..............................SF 18
H1100A- SW .............................. SF- 19
H180A ............................................... SF- 2
H200A ............................................... SF- 4
H222- 45 ...............SF- 2, SF- 3, SF- 21
H300S- OH .................................. SF- 10
H300S- SW .................................. SF- 11
H440A- OH ................................ SF- 12
H440A- SW ................................. SF- 13
H600S- OH .................................. SF- 14
H600S- SW .................................. SF- 15
H800S- OH .................................. SF- 16
H800S- SW .................................. SF- 17
HBP200A ........................................ SF- 6
HF2/100A .................................... SF- 22
HF4/100A .................................... SF- 22
HH3/290 ........................SF- 10, SF- 11
HH3/301 ........................SF- 14SF- 19
K1077C- SWEP ............................ SF- 2
K134EP ..................................SF- 4, SF- 7
K28_- SWEP ................................... SF- 5
LH100 ................................................ SF- 8
LP200A ............................................. SF- 8
PF134 KIT ..................................... SF- 21
PF28200A .................................... SF- 21
PFAS ................................................. SF- 21
PFAS100 ........................................ SF- 21
PFAS88 ........................................... SF- 21
PFBG- 4 ........................................... SF- 21
PFBG- 8 ........................................... SF- 21
PFBS .................................................. SF- 21
PFCDKIT ....................................... SF- 21
PFFC- 8 ............................................ SF- 21
PFHB- 1 ........................................... SF- 21
PFHB- 2 ........................................... SF- 21
PFHS ................................................ SF- 21
PFKIT- 4 ............................................ SF- 21
PFKIT- 8 ............................................ SF- 21
PIF2/165A ..................................... SF- 23
PIF4/165A ..................................... SF- 23
SHS80 ................................................ SF- 3
SIM100............................................... SF- 7
SIM200A .......................................... SF-7
SIRF/2500 ........................................ SF- 9
SIRLH .................................................. SF- 9
SIRRH ................................................. SF- 9
PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-2 SF-2
H180A Kits Include:
1 ea 1076A Mill Finished Aluminum Track
2 ea H222-45 Hanger - Nickel Plated Zinc Alloy Body
Zinc Alloy Wheels Coated in Nylon
2 ea 287HD Rubber Bumper In-Track Stop
1 ea 102N White Nylon Mortise Guide
For Sliding Panels up to 180 lbs.
Options: See page SF-25
Fascia F134C
Side Wall Track Bracket 1075C Clear anodized aluminum
bracket- order same length as track
End Plate Kit K1077C-SWEP (Use with F134C Fascia
and 1075C Side Wall Bracket only)
Bottom Channel 94A
Roller Guide 106R/94
Threshold 971A
Side Wall Mount 102WN (nylon) and 102WA (steel)
Mortise Guides
* When using fascia, offset hanger foot 1⁄8" closer to fascia face of
the door.
Configurations: Installations:
• Single • Overhead Mount
• Bi-parting • Side Wall Mount
Features:
• Hanger body is made of nickel plated zinc alloy for
durability and long life
• Zinc alloy ball bearing wheels coated in nylon
for smooth operation
• 180 lb. panel capacity
• Optional side wall bracket reduces the amount of
wall space needed to mount the track
H180A Series
Manufactured by PEMKO
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Material Track Length Door Width
H180A/6 Aluminum 72" 36"
H180A/8 Aluminum 96" 48"
H180A/10 Aluminum 120" 60"
H180A/12 Aluminum 144" 72"
Overhead Mount
Side Wall Mount
*
*
sliding and folding hardware
SF-2
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-3
SHS80 Kits Include:
1 ea 280A Mill Finished Aluminum Track
2 ea H222-45 Hanger - Nickel Plated Zinc Alloy Body
2 ea 601H Nylon In-Track Clip Stop
1 ea 102WN White Nylon Mortise Guide on Zinc Plated Steel
“L” Metal
For Sliding Panels up to 180 lbs.
Manufactured by PEMKO
Options: See page SF-25
Fascia F134C
Side Wall Track Brackets 281 available as 5 pack only, 2815
Note: Need one at each end and no
more than 3 feet in between.
Fasteners included
Bottom Channel 94A
Roller Guide 106R/94
Threshold 971A
Side Wall Mount
Mortise Guides 102WA
Mortise Floor Guide 102N
Configurations: Installations:
• Single • Overhead Mount
• Bi-parting • Side Wall Mount
Features:
• Hanger body is made of nickel plated zinc alloy for durability
and long life
• Zinc alloy ball bearing wheels coated in nylon for
smooth operation
• 180 lb. panel capacity
SHS80 Series
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Material Track Length Door Width
SHS80/6 Aluminum 72" 36"
SHS80/8 Aluminum 96" 48"
Overhead Mount
Side Wall Mount
5⁄8" shim by others
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-4
H200A Kits Include:
1 ea 280A Aluminum Track
2 ea 284 Hangers
1 ea 102N Nylon Guide
2 ea 286 Stops
1 ea Adjusting Wrench and
Mounting Hardware
For Sliding Panels up to 200 lbs.
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
Options: See page SF-25
Hardware Kit H100/200 PACK
Mounting Bracket 281 available as 5 pack only, 2815
Note: Need one at each end and no
more than 3 feet in between.
Fasteners included
Track Stop (bumper) 287HD
Bottom Channel 94A
Fascia, Snap-On F134C in clear anodized (280A only)
Roller Guide 106R/94
Side Wall Mortise Guide 102WA (steel) and 102WN (nylon)
Threshold 971A
End Plate K134EP (Use with F134C and 280A only)
Configurations: Installations:
• Single • Overhead Mount
• Bi-parting • Side Wall Mount
• Face/Face Fixed Mount with Fascia
Features:
• Needle bearing hangers for smooth operation
• 200 lb. panel capacity
• Galvanized steel track 280
• Aluminum track 280A
Sliding 200 Series
280A Side Wall Mounted 280 Overhead Mounted
916
(14.3)
280A Soffit Mounted with Fascia
H200 Kits Include:
1 ea 280 Steel Track
2 ea 284 Hangers
1 ea 102N Nylon Guide
2 ea 286 Stops
1 ea Adjusting Wrench and
Mounting Hardware
3⁄4" shim by others
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Material Track Length Door Width
H200A/4 Aluminum 48" 24"
H200A/5'4 Aluminum 64" 32"
H200A/6 Aluminum 72" 36"
H200A/7 Aluminum 84" 42"
H200A/8 Aluminum 96" 48"
H200A/10 Aluminum 120" 60"
H200A/12 Aluminum 144" 72"
H200/6 Steel 72" 36"
H200/8 Steel 96" 48"
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-5
Options: See page SF-25
Hardware Kit (one door) H100/200 pack
Roller Guide 106R/94
Bottom Channel 94A
Nylon Mortise Guide 102WN
K28_-SWEP
(1 each)
280SWT Kits
Include:
Side Wall Track (SWT) System
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) C (Anodized Aluminum) D (Dark Bronze Anodized)
* NOTE: 280_-SWTKIT/12 comes with enough hardware for two doors.
Manufactured by PEMKO
The PEMKO Side Wall Track System has a unique mounting
bracket that is extruded with the track. An innovative wall
mounted bottom guide assembly allows carpet to be
replaced without removing the door.
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Track Length Door Width
(Mill Finished Track/Clear Anodized Fascia/End Plates)
280C-SWTKIT/5 60" 30"
280C-SWTKIT/6 72" 36"
280C-SWTKIT/8 96" 48"
280C-SWTKIT/12* 144" 2 @ 36"
(Dark Bronze Anodized Track/Fascia/End Plates)
280D-SWTKIT/5 60" 30"
280D-SWTKIT/6 72" 36"
280D-SWTKIT/8 96" 48"
280D-SWTKIT/12* 144" 2 @ 36"
Configurations:
• Single
• Bi-parting
Features:
• Unique mounting bracket extruded into track
• Supports up to 200 lbs per door
• Quick, easy attachment
• No additional shims needed
• New construction or retrot
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-6
28 02 A Track
HBP200A Kits Include:
1 ea 2802A Mill Finished Aluminum Track
4 ea 284 White Hangers
2 ea 102N White Nylon Mortise Guide
4 ea 286 Stops
1 ea Adjusting Wrench and Mounting Hardware
Options: See page SF-25
Hardware Kit H100/200 pack
Mounting Bracket 2812
Track Stop (bumper) 287HD
Bottom Channel 94A
Fascia, Snap-On F134
Roller Guide 106R/94
Dual Guide Channel 2802BT
* Side Wall mounting: use one
(1) 2812 Kit per 3 ft. of track.
13⁄4" Thick Doors
Overhead Mount
2812
Mounting Brackets*
(Fasteners not included)
13⁄8" Thick Doors
Side Wall Mount
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized)
Bypass Track Series
For Bypass Panels up to 200 lbs.
Manufactured by PEMKO
• Fits 13⁄8" and 13⁄4" doors
• Needle-bearing wheels for ultra smooth performance
• Load capacity 200 lbs. per door panel (2 hangers)
• Extruded aluminum track
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Track Length Door Width
HBP200A/4 48" 2 @ 24"
HBP200A/5'4 64" 2 @ 32"
HBP200A/6 72" 2 @ 36"
HBP200A/7 84" 2 @ 42"
HBP200A/8 96" 2 @ 48"
HBP200A/10 120" 2 @ 60"
HBP200A/12 144" 2 @ 72"
NOTE: Route door 9⁄16" deep by 1⁄4" wide
to receive 102N Guide.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-7
SIM200A Kits Include:
1 ea 280A Mill Finished Aluminum Track
4 ea 284 White Nylon Hangers
4 ea 601H Nylon In-Track Clip Stop
2 ea 102N White Nylon Mortise Guide
1 ea SIM100 Cable and Pulley Kit
For Sliding Doors up to 48" wide and 200 lbs.
Options: See page SF-25
Fascia F134C
Side Wall Track Brackets 281 available as 5 pack only, 2815
Note: Need one at each end and no more
than 3 feet in between. Fasterners inlcuded.
End Plates K134EP (Use with F134C only)
Bottom Channel 94A
Roller Guide 106R/94
Threshold 971A
Side Wall Mortise Guides 102WN (nylon) and 102WA (steel)
Configurations: Installations:
• Bi-parting • Overhead Mount
• Side Wall Mount
Features:
• Allows individual bi-part doors to act as a single operating unit.
When one door is opened or closed, the second door operates
simultaneously
• 200 lb. panel capacity
• Needle bearing nylon wheels for smooth operation
• Mill nished aluminum track 280A
SIM200A Series
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Material Track Length Door Width
SIM200A/6 Aluminum 72" 2 @ 18"
SIM200A/8 Aluminum 96" 2 @ 24"
SIM200A/12 Aluminum 2 @ 72" 2 @ 36"
SIM200A/16 Aluminum 2 @ 96" 2 @ 48"
Simultaneous Action Unit (SIM) allows the simultaneous
operation of two doors.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-8
LP200A Kits Include:
1 ea 280AN Aluminum Track
1 ea LH100 Hardware Kit
LH100 Hardware Kits Include:
2 ea Low Head Room Units
2 ea End Caps
2 ea In-Track Clip Stops
1 ea Screw Pack
2 ea Low Head Room Hangers
1 ea 102N White Nylon Mortise Guide
1 ea Small Spanner and 4mm Allen Key
Options: See page SF-25
Side Wall Track Bracket 281A
Bottom Channel 94A
Roller Guide 106R/94
Threshold 971A
Configurations: Installations:
• Bi-parting • Overhead Mount
• Single • Side Wall Mount
Features:
• Used to maximize door height
• Designed to give a modern clean nish with all parts concealed.
Ideal for applications where minimal clearance between track
and door is required
• Easy installation and adjustment
• 200 lb. panel capacity
• Needle bearing nylon wheels for smooth operation
• Mill nished aluminum track 280AN
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Material Track Length Door Width
LP200A/6 Aluminum 72" 36"
LP200A/8 Aluminum 96" 48"
LP200A/10 Aluminum 120" 60"
For Sliding Panels up to 200 lbs.
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
LP200 Series Low profile design for use where space is limited.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-9
SIRRH Right Hand Opening Kit
SIRLH Left Hand Opening Kit
Configurations: Installations:
• Single • Side Wall Mount
Features:
• Self closing system for a single door from 31½" to 47¼" wide and
up to 200 lbs
• Interior applications only
• Comes complete with a hydraulically controlled soft close feature
• Adjustable closing speed
• Door brake to reduce opening speed to prevent damage to the
door and system
• Optional hold open unit giving adjustable time delay before
self closing
• Operational between temperature ranges of 50 to 104 degrees
Fahrenheit
Right Hand SIRRH Shown Above and Below
The Sirocco system is a quiet, user friendly self closing
system which brings the door gently to a close.
The integrated hydraulic soft stop brings the door to a
safe and cushioned close making it ideal for disabled access
systems or public areas. The internal door brake can also be
adjusted to allow the user to dictate the speed of opening
preventing damage to the door and system.
For Sliding Panels up to 200 lbs
Sirocco Series
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
Sirocco Series Kits Include:
1 ea Track 86.61" long
1 ea Leading hanger
1 ea Trailing hanger
1 ea Hydraulic Control Unit
1 ea Closing brake rack
1 ea Opening brake rack
1 ea Power spring mounting bracket
7 ea Height adjustment plates
1 ea Power spring unit
1 ea Guide roller
1 ea Opening door stop
1 ea Door stop roller
1 ea Closing door stop
2 ea Wooden door plate. All required screws and bolts
Options:
SIRF/2500 98" Fascia
DELRH Delayed Closing
Timer Right Hand
DELLH Delayed Closing
Timer Left Hand
2500 1.51.5
68
150
6
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-10
H300S-OH Kits Include:
1 ea 290 Galvanized Steel Track
– 3A/290 Aluminum Alloy Overhead Mount Track Brackets
(One at each end and no more than 3 feet in between)
2 ea 1A/290 /EC Aluminum Alloy End Caps
2 ea 57K/N White Nylon Body and Wheels, Zinc Coated
Steel Pendant Bolt Hangers
2 ea HH3/290 Galvanized Steel In-Track Stop
1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide
Options: See page SF-25
Bottom Channel 94A
Roller Guide 106R/94
Threshold 971A
Mortise Guides 102N
Configurations: Installations:
• Bi-parting • Overhead Mount
• Single
Features:
• Overhead mount system
• Nylon wheels for smooth operation
• 300 lb. panel capacity
• Galvanized steel track 290
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Material Track Length Door Width
H300S-OH/6 Steel 72" 36"
H300S-OH/8 Steel 96" 48"
H300S-OH/10 Steel 120" 60"
H300S-OH/12 Steel 144" 72"
For Sliding Panels up to 300 lbs.
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
H300S-OH Series
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-11
H300S-SW Kits Include:
1 ea 290 Galvanized Steel Track
– 1A/290 Side Wall Mount Track Brackets
(One at each end and no more than three
feet in between)
2 ea 1A/290 /EC Aluminum Alloy End Caps
2 ea 57K/N White Nylon Body and Wheels, Zinc Coated
Steel Pendant Bolt Hangers
2 ea HH3/290 Galvanized Steel In-Track Stops
1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide
For Sliding Panels up to 300 lbs.
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
Options: See page SF-25
Bottom Channel 94A
Roller Guide 106R/94
Mortise Guides 102N
Side Wall Mortise Guides 102WN (nylon) and 102WA (steel)
Configurations: Installations:
• Bi-parting • Side Wall Mount
• Single
Features:
• Side wall mount system
• Nylon wheels for smooth operation
• 300 lb. panel capacity
• Galvanized steel track 290
H300S-SW Series
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Material Track Length Door Width
H300S-SW/6 Steel 72" 36"
H300S-SW/8 Steel 96" 48"
H300S-SW/10 Steel 120" 60"
H300S-SW/12 Steel 144" 72"
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-12
H440A-OH Kits Include:
1 ea 600A Mill Finished Aluminum Track
2 ea 57B Hangers: Gray Nylon Body, Zinc Coated Steel
Pendant Bolt, Steel Ball Bearing Nylon Wheels
2 ea 601P Nylon In-Track Clip Stop
1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide
Options: See page SF-25
Fascia F160C
Bottom Channel 94A
Roller Guide 106R/94
Threshold 971A
Mortise Guides 102N
End Plate Kit F160ECP (Used With F160C Fascia
and 600A Track Only)
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Material Track Length Door Width
H440A-OH/6 Aluminum 72" 36"
H440A-OH/8 Aluminum 96" 48"
H440A-OH/10 Aluminum 120" 60"
H440A-OH/12 Aluminum 144" 72"
For Sliding Panels up to 440 lbs.
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
H440A-OH Series
89/2N
Configurations: Installations:
• Bi-parting • Overhead Mount
• Single
Features:
• Overhead mount system
• Nylon body and steel ball bearing nylon wheels for
smooth operation
• 440 lb. panel capacity
• Mill nished aluminum track 600A
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-13
H440A-SW Kits Include:
1 ea 600A Mill Finished Aluminum Track
– 1B Side Wall Mount Track Brackets
(One at each end and no more than 3 feet in between)
2 ea 57B Hangers: Gray Nylon Body, Zinc Coated Steel
Pendant Bolt, Steel Ball Bearing Nylon Wheels
2 ea 601P Nylon In-Track Clip Stop
1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide
Options: See page SF-25
Fascia F200C
Bottom Channel 94A
Roller Guide 106R/94
Mortise Guides 102N
Side Wall Mortise Guides 102WN (nylon) and 102WA (steel)
End Plate Kit F200ECP (Used With F200C Fascia
and 600A Track Only)
Configurations: Installations:
• Bi-parting • Side Wall Mount
• Single
Features:
• Side wall mount system
• Nylon body and steel ball bearing nylon wheels for
smooth operation
• 440 lb. panel capacity
• Mill nished aluminum track 600A
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Material Track Length Door Width
H440A-SW/6 Aluminum 72" 36"
H440A-SW/8 Aluminum 96" 48"
H440A-SW/10 Aluminum 120" 60"
H440A-SW/12 Aluminum 144" 72"
For Sliding Panels up to 440 lbs.
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
H440A-SW Series
89/2N
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-14
H600S-OH Kits Include:
1 ea 301 Galvanized Steel Track
– 3A/301 Aluminum Alloy Overhead Mount Track Brackets
(One at each end and no more than three feet in between)
2 ea 1A/301/EC Aluminum Alloy End Caps
2 ea 57A/ S Zinc Coated Steel Body, Wheels, and Pendant
Bolt Hangers
2 ea HH3/301 Galvanized Steel In-Track Stops
1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide
Options: See page SF-25
Bottom Channel 94A
Roller Guide 106R/94
Mortise Guides 102N
Threshold 971A
Configurations: Installations:
• Bi-parting • Overhead Mount
• Single
Features:
• Overhead mount system
• Heavy duty zinc coated steel
• Ball bearing wheels
• 600 lb. panel capacity
• Galvanized steel track 301
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Material Track Length Door Width
H600S-OH/6 Steel 72" 36"
H600S-OH/8 Steel 96" 48"
H600S-OH/10 Steel 120" 60"
H600S-OH/12 Steel 144" 72"
For Sliding Panels up to 600 lbs.
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
H600S-OH Series
89/2N
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-15
H600S-SW Kits Include:
1 ea 301 Galvanized Steel Track
– 1A/301 Side Wall Mount Track Brackets
(One at each end and no more than three feet in between)
2 ea 1A/301/EC Aluminum Alloy End Caps
2 ea 57A/ S Zinc Coated Steel Body, Wheels, and Pendant
Bolt Hangers
2 ea HH3/301 Galvanized Steel In-Track Stops
1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide
Options: See page SF-25
Bottom Channel 94A
Roller Guide 106R/94
Mortise Guides 102N
Side Wall Mortise Guides 102WN
Configurations: Installations:
• Bi-parting • Side Wall Mount
• Single
Features:
• Side wall mount system
• Heavy duty zinc coated steel
• Ball bearing wheels
• 600 lb. panel capacity
• Galvanized steel track 301
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Material Track Length Door Width
H600S-SW/6 Steel 72" 36"
H600S-SW/8 Steel 96" 48"
H600S-SW/10 Steel 120" 60"
H600S-SW/12 Steel 144" 72"
For Sliding Panels up to 600 lbs.
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
H600S-SW Series
89/2N
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-16
H800S-OH Kits Include:
1 ea 301 Galvanized Steel Track
– 3A/301 Overhead Mount Track Brackets
(One at each end and no more than three feet in between)
2 ea 1A/301/EC Aluminum Alloy End Caps
2 ea 57A/N Zinc Coated Steel Body, Nylon Wheels, and Pendant
Bolt Hangers
2 ea HH3/301 Galvanized Steel In-Track Stop
1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide
Options: See page SF-25
Bottom Channel 94A
Roller Guide 106R/94
Mortise Guides 102N
Threshold 971A
Configurations: Installations:
• Bi-parting • Overhead Mount
• Single
Features:
• Overhead mount system
• Heavy duty zinc coated steel body
• Ball bearing nylon wheels for smooth operation
• 800 lb. panel capacity
• Galvanized steel track 301
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Material Track Length Door Width
H800S-OH/6 Steel 72" 36"
H800S-OH/8 Steel 96" 48"
H800S-OH/10 Steel 120" 60"
H800S-OH/12 Steel 144" 72"
For Sliding Panels up to 800 lbs.
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
H800S-OH Series
89/2N
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-17
H800S-SW Kits Include:
1 ea 301 Galvanized Steel Track
– 1A/301 Aluminum Alloy Side Wall Mount Track Brackets
(One at each end and no more than three feet in between)
2 ea 1A/301/EC Aluminum Alloy End Caps
2 ea 57A/N Zinc Coated Steel Body, Nylon Wheels, and Pendant
Bolt Hangers
2 ea HH3/301 Galvanized Steel In-Track Stops
1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide
Options: See page SF-25
Bottom Channel 94A
Roller Guide 106R/94
Mortise Guides 102N
Side Wall Mortise Guides 102WN (nylon) and 102WA (steel)
Configurations: Installations:
• Bi-parting • Side Wall Mount
• Single
Features:
• Side wall mount system
• Heavy duty zinc coated steel body
• Heavy ball bearing nylon wheels for smooth operation
• 800 lb. panel capacity
• Galvanized steel track 301
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Material Track Length Door Width
H800S-SW/6 Steel 72" 36"
H800S-SW/8 Steel 96" 48"
H800S-SW/10 Steel 120" 60"
H800S-SW/12 Steel 144" 72"
For Sliding Panels up to 800 lbs.
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
H800S-SW Series
89/2N
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-18
H1100A-OH Kits Include:
1 ea 550A Mill Finished Aluminum Track
2 ea 556/57 Painted Black Steel Body - Zinc Coated Steel
Wheels and Pendant Bolt Hangers
2 ea HH3/301 Galvanized Steel In-Track Stops
1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide
Options: See page SF-25
Bottom Channel 94A
Roller Guide 106R/94
Threshold 971A
Configurations: Installations:
• Bi-parting • Overhead Mount
• Single
Features:
• For top hung wood and metal doors
• Heavy duty black painted steel body
• Ball bearing steel wheels
• 1100 lb. panel capacity
• Mill nished aluminum track 550A
H1100A-OH Series
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Material Track Length Door Width
H1100A-OH/6 Aluminum 72" 36"
H1100A-OH/8 Aluminum 96" 48"
H1100A-OH/10 Aluminum 120" 60"
H1100A-OH/12 Aluminum 144" 72"
H1100A-OH/16 Aluminum 197" 98"
89/2N
For Sliding Panels up to 1100 lbs.
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
Ideally suited for large doors that require high performance
and an attractive finish.
Typical applications are hotels, conference centers, shop-fronts
and showrooms.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-19
H1100A-SW Kits Include:
1 ea 550A Mill Finished Aluminum Track
– 1A/550 Aluminum Alloy Side Wall Track Bracket
Fastners not included with IA/550. (One at each end and
no more than three feet in between)
2 ea 556/57 Painted Black Steel Body - Zinc Coated Steel
Wheels and Pendant Bolt Hangers
2 ea HH3/301 Galvanized Steel In-Track Stops
1 ea 89/2N Gray Nylon Mortise Guide
Options: See page SF-25
Bottom Channel 94A
Roller Guide 106R/94
Configurations: Installations:
• Bi-parting • Side Wall Mount
• Single
Features:
• Heavy duty black painted steel body ball bearing wheels
• 1100 lb. panel capacity
• Mill nished aluminum track 550A
H1100A-SW Series
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Material Track Length Door Width
H1100A-SW/6 Aluminum 72" 36"
H1100A-SW/8 Aluminum 96" 48"
H1100A-SW/10 Aluminum 120" 60"
H1100A-SW/12 Aluminum 144" 72"
H1100A-SW/16 Aluminum 197" 98"
89/2N
Ideally suited for large doors that require high performance
and an attractive finish.
Typical applications are hotels, conference centers, shop-fronts
and showrooms.
For Sliding Panels up to 1100 lbs.
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-20
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized)
Sliding Glass Series
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
For lightweight glass applications such as
office doors and small glass partitions.
Capacity:
Max. door weight 165 lbs. (75kg)
Max. door height 7' 10" (2400mm)
Max. door width 4' 1" (1250mm)
Glass thickness 5/16" (8mm) & 3/8" (10mm)
Door Types:
Glass panels of 5⁄16" (8mm) or 3⁄8" (10mm) thickness in
tempered or laminated glass.
8/10/75 HUSKY Glass Clamp Kit:
2 ea 284D Hangers
2 ea GLASS Clamps w/anti-lift stop
2 ea 601H End stops
1 ea 610 Guide
1 ea 608 Guide
NOTE: When using glass clamps in combination with
protective coatings for glass surfaces, ensure that the
portion of the glass surface to be clamped is
not treated.
Options: See page SF-25
Track : 280A (extruded aluminum)
Available in 6', 8', 10' & 12'
lengths
Face mount bracket: 281 available as 5 pack only, 2815
NOTE: Need one on each end, with
no more than 3 feet in between
each bracket. Fasteners included.
Fascias: F136 Soffit Fixed Track
Guides: 608 and 610 glass guides
Accessories: 601H retaining stop mounted
within the track
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-21
Pre-mounted Header
Brackets (2) Floor Cleats (2)
Options:
PF134 KIT
- Must be ordered for 13⁄4" doors
PFAS88 - An extra pair of 88" center studs with floor
cleat for 84" tall doors, for doors over 3' wide
PFAS100 - An extra pair of 100" center studs with floor
cleat for 96" tall doors, for doors over 3' wide
PFCDKIT - Conversion Kit to achieve a bipart double
door frame
PFKIT- 4 - Hardware Kit for PEMKO Pocket Frame Kit
for 13⁄4" thick doors (Each contains 2-H222-45
Hangers, 1-PFBS Bumper Stop, 1- PFBG-4 Guide,
2 PFHS Header Shims, 2-PFFC-4 Floor Cleats)
PFKIT-8 - Hardware Kit for PEMKO Pocket Frame Kit
for 13⁄8" thick doors (Each contains 2-H222-45
Hangers, 1-PFBS Bumper Stop, 1- PFBG-8 Guide,
2-PFFC-8 Floor Cleats)
• Heavy duty hardware supports doors up to 175 lbs. each
• Door actuation requires less than 5 lbs of horizontal force,
meeting ADA requirements
• Extruded aluminum track
• Solid wood studs encased in extruded aluminum reduces
corrosion and minimizes bowing effects
• Standard kit is for 13⁄8" door. For 13⁄4" door, MUST use
PF134KIT (see Options below)
• Chrome plated steel hangers are corrosion resistant and
no maintenance is required
• Knock-down construction
Pocket Frame Kit
Manufactured by PEMKO
Leading Edge Studs Adjustable
Header Bracket
Hanger
Bottom
Guide
Cleat
Center
Studs
Bumper
Stop
Track
*Custom sizes available call for information
Pocket Frame Kit Includes:
1 ea Header Track Assembly
4 ea PFAS_ Aluminum Cased Wood Studs
2 ea PFHB-1 and PFHB-2 Pre-Mounted Header Brackets
2 ea H222-45 Hangers
2 ea PFFC-8 Floor Cleats
1 ea PFBS Pocket Bumper Stop
1 ea PFBG-8 Pocket Frame Bottom Guide for 13⁄8" Thick Doors
Mounting Hardware
2 x 4 (31⁄2" Stud) 2 x 6 (51⁄2" Stud) 2 x 6 (6" Stud) Net Door Size
(The Kits can be
trimmed in field)
PF28200A6080
PF28200A7280
PF28200A9680
PF28200A6084
PF28200A7284
PF28200A9684
PF28200A6096
PF28200A7296
PF28200A9696
PF28200A6080-2x6
PF28200A7280-2x6
PF28200A9680-2x6
PF28200A6084-2x6
PF28200A7284-2x6
PF28200A9684-2x6
PF28200A6096-2x6
PF28200A7296-2x6
PF28200A9696-2x6
PF28200A6080-SP6
PF28200A7280-SP6
PF28200A9680-SP6
PF28200A6084-SP6
PF28200A7284-SP6
PF28200A9684-SP6
PF28200A6096-SP6
PF28200A7296-SP6
PF28200A9696-SP6
2'6" x 6'8"
3'0" x 6'8"
4'0" x 6'8"
2'6" x 7'0"
3'0" x 7'0"
4'0" x 7'0"
2'6" x 8'0"
3'0" x 8'0"
4'0" x 8'0"
Available Kits*
Rough Frame
Opening
Dimensions:
2X Door Width +1"
and
Door Height + 5"
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-22
Two Panel :
HF2/100A Kits Include:
1 ea 280A Mill Finished Aluminum Track
1 ea 283 Hanger
1 ea 289T Top Pivot
1 ea 289B Bottom Pivot
3 ea 282HD Hinges
1 ea 106HF/94 Roller Guide
1 ea 94A Aluminum Guide Channel
1 ea Adjusting Wrench and Mounting Hardware
Four Panel:
HF4/100A Kits Include:
1 ea 280A Mill Finished Aluminum Track
2 ea 283 Hangers
2 ea 289T Top Pivots
2 ea 289B Bottom Pivots
6 ea 282HD Hinges
2 ea 106HF/94 Roller Guide
1 ea 94A Aluminum Guide Channel
1 ea Adjusting Wrench and Mounting Hardware
For Folding Doors and Room Dividers up to 100 Lbs.
For Doors up to 24" Wide x 96" Tall
High quality hardware makes medium weight folding
doors efficient and easy to use. Two and four leaf
kits are available.
280 Side Wall Mounted 280A Overhead Mounted
STANDARD KIT SIZES
Part Number Material # of Panels Track Length
HF2/100A/2 Aluminum 2 24"
HF2/100A/2'6 Aluminum 2 30"
HF2/100A/3 Aluminum 2 36"
HF2/100A/4 Aluminum 2 48"
HF4/100A/4 Aluminum 4 48"
HF4/100A/5 Aluminum 4 60"
HF4/100A/6 Aluminum 4 72"
HF4/100A/8 Aluminum 4 96"
HF2/100/4* Steel 2 48"
HF4/100/8* Steel 4 96"
NOTE: Allow ¼" clearance at pivot jambs and 1⁄8" in between hinged doors
if hinges are semi mortised. Allow 3⁄16" between hinged doors if hinges are
surface mounted. Allow 1⁄8" between doors meeting in the center of the
opening on HF4 kits and allow 1⁄8" between wall and end panel on HF2 kits.
Folding 100 Series
Options: See page SF-25
Mounting Bracket 281 available as 5 pack only, 2815
Threshold 971A
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
* Steel kits include the same components as above, except
track is 1ea 280 galvanized steel.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-23
PIF2/165A Kits Include:
1 ea 600A Mill Finished Aluminum Track
1 ea 21B/P Top and Bottom Pivot Assembly
1 ea 21BO/4 Nylon Body and Wheels, Zinc Coated Steel
Pendant Bolt and Door Bracket Hanger
1 ea 21N/94 Nylon Roller Guide on Zinc Coated Steel Door
Bracket Bottom Guide
4 ea 403/2 Aluminum Alloy Butt Hinges
1 ea 94A Aluminum Guide Channel
For Folding Doors and Room Dividers up to 165 lbs.
For Doors up to 36" Wide x 106" Tall
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson
Options: See page SF-25
Threshold 971A
Two Panel: plan 1
Pacer Interior End Fold Series
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Material # of Panels Track Length
PIF2/165A/6 Aluminum 2 72"
PIF4/165A/6 Aluminum 4 72"
PIF4/165A/8 Aluminum 4 96"
PIF4/165A/12 Aluminum 4 2 @ 72"
PIF4/165A Kits Include:
1 ea 600A Mill Finished Aluminum Track
2 ea 21B/P Top and Bottom Pivot Assembly
2 ea 21BO/4 Nylon Body and Wheels, Zinc coated
steel Pendant Bolt and Door Bracket Hanger
2 ea 21N/94 Nylon Roller Guide on Zinc Coated Steel
Door Bracket Bottom Guide
8 ea 403/2 Aluminum Alloy Butt Hinges
1 ea 94A Aluminum Guide Channel
Four Panel: plan 2
For top-hung, medium weight, interior, partition doors.
Ideal in both residential and commercial applications requiring
end folding doors.
Note: Allow 3⁄8" clearance at pivot jambs and 1⁄8" in between hinged
doors if hinges are semi mortised. Allow 7⁄16" between hinged doors if
hinges are surface mounted. Allow 1⁄8" between doors meeting in the
center of the opening on PIF4 kits and allow 1⁄8" between wall and end
panel on PIF2 kits.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-24
FIF2/275A Kits Include:
1 ea 550A Mill Finished Aluminum Track
1 ea 21/550/P Top and Bottom Pivot Assembly
1 ea 556/21 Zinc Coated Steel Wheels, Pendant Bolt, Body,
and Door Bracket
1 ea 21R/94 Bottom Guide
4 ea 403/2 Aluminum Alloy Butt Hinges
1 ea 94A Aluminum Guide Channel
For Folding Doors and Room Dividers up to 275 lbs.
For Doors up to 48" Wide x 177" Tall
Manufactured by P.C. Henderson Two Panel: plan 1
Flexirol Interior End Fold Series
Standard Kit Sizes
Part Number Material # of Panels Track Length
FIF2/275A/6 Aluminum 2 72"
FIF2/275A/8 Aluminum 2 96"
FIF4/275A/6 Aluminum 4 72"
FIF4/275A/8 Aluminum 4 96"
FIF4/275A/12 Aluminum 4 2 @ 72"
FIF4/275A/16 Aluminum 4 2 @ 96"
FIF4/275A Kits Include:
1 ea 550A Mill Finished Aluminum Track
2 ea 21/550/P Top and Bottom Pivot Assembly
2 ea 556/21 Zinc Coated Steel Wheels, Pendant Bolt,
Body, and Door Bracket
2 ea 21R/94 Bottom Guide
8 ea 403/2 Aluminum Alloy Butt Hinges
1 ea 94A Aluminum Guide Channel
Four Panel: plan 2
For top-hung, heavy weight, interior, partition doors.
Specifically designed for commercial applications requiring end
folding doors.
Options: See page SF-25
Threshold 971A
Note: Allow ½" clearance at pivot jambs and 1⁄8" in between hinged
doors if hinges are semi mortised. Allow 3⁄16" between hinged doors if
hinges are surface mounted. Allow 1⁄8" between doors meeting in the
center of the opening on FIF4 kits and allow 1⁄8" between wall and end
panel on FIF2 kits.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
sliding and folding hardware
SF-25
Mounting Brackets
281
(Sold in 5 packs, 2815)
Fascia
F134 K134EP
Stops
286 287HD PFBS 601H
Guides
102N
PFBG-4
PFBG-8
106R/94
106N/94
Hardware Kits
Folding
HF2/100 Pack
Sliding
H100/200 Pack
Glass Clamp Kit
8/10/75 Husky
2802BT
2812
94A
End plates
Options & Accessories
102WA
F136
A visual guide to various parts
Bottom Channel
971A
CONTENTS:
Interlocking Thresholds .........................................................................................................................................................R T- 2
Threshold Caps.........................................................................................................................................................................R T- 2
Interlocking Thresholds - Water Return ..................................................................................................................... R T- 3
Hooks .............................................................................................................................................................................................R T- 3
Residential Thresholds - Water Return ....................................................................................................................... R T- 4
Adjustable Vinyl Top Thresholds ....................................................................................................................................... R T- 4
Vinyl Top Thresholds ...................................................................................................................................................RT-4-RT-5
Residential Saddles ..................................................................................................................................................................R T- 5
Bumper Thresholds For Outswing Doors ................................................................................................................. R T- 6
Squareback Thresholds ......................................................................................................................................................... R T- 7
Oak Thresholds ............................................................................................................................................................. RT-7-RT-8
Sill Nosings...................................................................................................................................................................................R T- 8
Adjustable Aluminum Top Sills ..........................................................................................................................................R T- 9
Adjustable Oak Top Sills ....................................................................................................................................................R T- 10
Outswing Adjustable Oak Top Sills .............................................................................................................................R T- 11
Residential All-Aluminum Adjustable Sills ...............................................................................................................R T- 11
Residential All-Aluminum Fixed Sills...........................................................................................................................R T- 11
Fixed Vinyl Top Residential Sills ......................................................................................................................................R T- 12
Outswing Fixed Bumper Sills .........................................................................................................................................R T- 13
Extenders For All Sills .........................................................................................................................................................R T- 13
Bumper Thresho-Sills for Outswing Doors ...........................................................................................................R T- 14
Thresho-Sills.............................................................................................................................................................................R T- 15
Fabrication Options for Thresho-Sills ........................................................................................................................R T- 16
INDEX:
61 ............................................R T- 3
66 ............................................RT- 3
67 ............................................RT- 3
101 ........................................R T- 2
107 .........................................R T- 2
108 .........................................R T- 2
110 ........................................R T- 2
114 ........................................R T- 2
115 ........................................R T- 2
120 .........................................R T- 2
121 ........................................R T- 2
123 .........................................R T- 2
136 .........................................R T- 3
140_M...............................R T- 15
142 .........................................R T- 3
145 .........................................R T- 3
146 .........................................R T- 3
147 .........................................R T- 3
149 .........................................R T- 6
153 ......................................RT- 14
155 .........................................R T- 6
160 ......................................RT- 14
160_M...............................R T- 14
161_M ..............................R T- 15
163_M...............................R T- 15
164_M...............................R T- 15
165 ......................................RT- 14
167 ......................................RT- 15
203OAK ..............................R T- 7
203 .........................................R T- 5
204 .........................................R T- 5
205 .........................................R T- 6
204OAK ..............................R T- 7
206 .........................................R T- 4
207 .........................................R T- 4
208 .........................................R T- 5
208OAK ..............................R T- 7
212 .........................................R T- 5
213 .........................................R T- 4
214 .........................................R T- 5
218 .........................................R T- 5
218OAK ..............................R T- 8
219 .........................................R T- 5
219OAK ..............................R T- 8
231 .........................................R T- 5
233 .........................................R T- 5
237 .........................................R T- 5
238 .........................................R T- 5
249 .........................................R T- 4
250 .........................................R T- 4
324 .........................................R T- 8
326 .........................................R T- 8
327 .........................................R T- 8
2051 ......................................R T- 6
2052 ......................................R T- 7
2053 ......................................R T- 7
2054 ......................................R T- 7
2055 ......................................R T- 7
2500W ................................R T- 8
2813 ......................................R T- 4
3261 ......................................R T- 8
74518 ...............................RT- 11
75518 ...............................RT- 11
84518 ................................R T- 12
85518 ................................R T- 12
94518 ...................................R T- 9
95518 ...................................R T- 9
93518 ................................R T- 10
94518 Oak .....................R T- 10
95518 Oak .....................R T- 10
OS95518 ........................RT- 11
Q107 .................................R T- 13
PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE
RESIDENTIAL THRESHOLDS
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
residential thresholds
R T- 2
110_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
115_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Threshold Caps
• Typically mounted on an existing
saddle-type threshold to create
an interlock with a J-hook or
L-hook
107_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
108_
AVAILABLE FINISH: B
101_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, BDG, D, G
123_
AVAILABLE FINISH: B
114_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
121_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
120_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G
Interlocking Thresholds
• All interlocking thresholds (including water return types)
and caps are furnished with #61 hooks and nails
• For alternate hooks, see following page
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
residential thresholds
R T- 3
136_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, BDG, D, G, SN
146_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
147_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G, SN
66_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, BDG, D, G
_61
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, Z
.018 bronze
.015 zinc
Note: B61 is roll form
bronze metal
_67
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Hooks
• When installed properly on
bottom of door, hooks interlock
with threshold for a superior seal
• When substituting #66 or #67
hooks for #61 hooks, price will
be increased accordingly. Contact
PEMKO Customer Service
142_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
145_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) For Hooks: B (Bronze) Z (Zinc)
• Water return thresholds are designed to catch water
which may blow or run under the door and return it to
the outside through interior weep holes, down the sloped
drain pan, and out exterior weep holes
• Product number for the aluminum water return pan
is PAN
• Products are furnished with #61 hooks and nails
NOTE: Products shown in this section
may not be drawn to scale.
Interlocking Thresholds - Water Return
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
residential thresholds
R T- 4
249_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
Integral water return slope eliminates
the need for separate drain pan.
2813_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
213_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G, SN
• Water return thresholds are designed to catch water
which may blow or run under the door and return it to
the outside through interior weep holes, down the sloped
drain pan and out exterior weep holes
• Product number for aluminum water return pan is PAN
Adjustable Vinyl Top Thresholds
Vinyl Top Thresholds
250_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
207_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Gray replacement vinyl is PV22GR36
Black replacement vinyl is PV22BL36
206_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Gray replacement vinyl is PV22GR36
Black replacement vinyl is PV22BL36
Residential Thresholds - Water Return
• Furnished with concealed, weather-sealed mounting
screws and adjustment mechanism
• Vinyl seal adjusts to overcome swelling and/or shrinking of
door and oor and eliminates need for shoe or sweep
• Furnished with vinyl (V) insert. Gray replacement vinyl is
PV64GR (see Weatherization Products section)
• Pre-assembled for easy installation and adjustment
• Vinyl (V) top creates a seal at the bottom of the door,
eliminating the need for door sweeps or door shoes
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
residential thresholds
R T- 5
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
Vinyl Top Thresholds
208_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Gray replacement vinyl is PV13GR36
237_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Gray replacement vinyl is PV11GR36
Black replacement vinyl is PV11BL36
203_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Gray replacement vinyl is PV11GR36
Black replacement vinyl is PV11BL36
238_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Gray replacement vinyl is PV11GR36
Black replacement vinyl is PV11BL36
204_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Gray replacement vinyl is PV11GR36
Black replacement vinyl is PV11BL36
218_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
212_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
214_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
233_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
219_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
231_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
Residential Saddles
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
• Use a door bottom shoe or sweep with these thresholds
to seal out the elements
• Made of sturdy extruded aluminum.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
residential thresholds
R T- 6
Alternate Insert For 149
149_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, PW, SN
155_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
149_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
Alternate Insert For 205
205_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, PW
205_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G, PW
Alternate Insert For 2051
2051_P
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, PG, PW
2051_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D, G, PW
2051_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G, PW
205_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G, PW
149_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
Bumper Thresholds For Outswing Doors
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
• In the closed position, the door butts up to bumper
seal on threshold creating a seal against the elements
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
residential thresholds
R T- 7
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) OAK (Natural Unnished Oak)
2055_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D
2054_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
2053_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
2052_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
Squareback Thresholds
208OAK
203OAK
Oak Thresholds
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be
drawn to scale.
204OAK
• Interior support leg ushes with interior jamb in
application, allowing ooring to squarely abut threshold
• Ideal for tall terra cotta, plush carpet or stone paver entry
applications for smooth transition
• Gently sloping and ribbed exterior ramp eliminates trip
hazard while providing maximum rain guard. (Be sure to
caulk all support legs or lay in mastic for best seal)
• Center support leg provides for engineered threshold
stability
• Natural unnished oak provides beauty as well as thermal
benets
• Vinyl-top creates a seal at bottom of door, eliminating the
need for door sweeps or door shoes
• Tan replacement vinyl for Oak Vinyl Top Thresholds is
PV83TN (see Weatherization Products section)
• Available in 36" or 72" lengths only
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
residential thresholds
R T- 8
218OAK
2500W
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
OAK (Natural Unnished Oak) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
Oak Thresholds (Cont.)
324_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
327_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
3261_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G, SN
326_
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, B, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
Sill Nosings
219OAK
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
• Used to cover concrete or wood sill
• Provides an attractive nished look to new and old door
openings, covering defects in existing sill
• Sill nosings are held in place with mastic and pressure
from threshold placement
• Extenders are available for jambs as wide as 83⁄4"
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
residential thresholds
R T- 9
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
PK
94518_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, SN
Add “NT” to the end of
product number to
order narrow trim
(i.e. 94518A36.5NT).
Full width of sill changes
from 47⁄8" to 411⁄16".
Residential Millwork Sills
Adjustable Aluminum Top Sills
PK
Add “NT” to the end of
product number to
order narrow trim
(i.e. 95518A36.5NT).
Full width of sill changes
from 53⁄4" to 59⁄16".
95518_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, SN
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
• Sills for use with standard 45⁄8" jamb width with easy
snap-on extention for jambs as wide as 83⁄4"
• For fabrication options for adjustable or xed substrate
sills, such as horning or sidelite mullion notching, contact
PEMKO Customer Service
• Residential Sills are designed specically for the pre-hung
door market. They are furnished un-drilled and without
screws or nails
• Adjustable up to 1⁄4" to compensate for uneven door
bottoms and sub-sill level changes. Two-part zinc plated
steel stud shoulder screw joins a long-barreled, zinc plated
steel T-nut for superior stability and long-lasting reliability
• PemkoPrene (PK) moisture barrier prevents water
intrusion. Design of PemkoPrene (PK) bulb conguration
keeps constant pressure between aluminum cap and
aluminum extrusion at any level of adjustment
(Bulb shown compressed)
• Available in standard sizes 32.5", 36.5", and 73.75"
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
residential thresholds
RT-10
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
PK
11 16
17.5
93518_W
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
Adjustable Oak Top Sills
PK
94518_W
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, SN
Add “NT” to the end
of product number to
order narrow trim
(i.e. 94518AW36.5NT).
Full width of sill changes
from 47⁄8" to 411⁄16".
PK
95518_W
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, SN
Add “NT” to the end
of product number to
order narrow trim
(i.e. 95518AW36.5NT).
Full width of sill changes
from 53⁄4" to 59⁄16".
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
Available with optional Synthetic
Wood Substrate
93518_W_SYN
AVAILABLE FINISH: A, D
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
residential thresholds
RT-11
OS95518_W
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D
Outswing Adjustable Oak Top Sills
74518_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, SN
Residential All-Aluminum Adjustable Sills
75518_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, SN
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
Available with optional Synthetic
Wood Substrate
74518_SYN
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, SN
Available with optional Synthetic
Wood Substrate
75518_SYN
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, SN
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
residential thresholds
RT-12
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
N84518_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, SN
N85518_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D
Fixed Vinyl-Top Residential Sills
• Fixed rigid vinyl (V) cap includes ratchet lock feature which prevents moisture
penetration and securely fastens vinyl to aluminum extrusion
84514_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, SN
85514_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, SN
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
residential thresholds
RT-13
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
Extenders For All Residential Sills
EXT2_
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, SN
EXT3/4_
AVAILABLE FINISHES
A, BDG, D, SN
EXT3_
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, SN
• Extenders t all 47⁄8" wide and 53⁄4" wide extrusions
Outswing Fixed Bumper Sills
8452_Q
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, SN
8451_Q
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, SN
Alternate Insert for 8451
and 8452; available upon
request
Q107_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, W
Available with optional Synthetic
Wood Substrate
8452_Q_SYN
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, SN
• High dam design restricts water intrusion
• Supplied with high quality Q103 (Q) kerf-in seal
• Extendable to interior
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
residential thresholds
RT-14
Thresho-Sills
160_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G, PW
160_M
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
165_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D
Allow 3⁄8" door
clearance.
153_T
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, SN
Allow 3⁄8" door
clearance
Bumper Thresho-Sills For Outswing Doors
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
Alternate Insert For 165
165_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, D
Alternate Insert For 153
153_V
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
A, BDG, D, G, SN
• Please specify whether the part is to be used for a
standard threshold or for a prehung application. For a
standard threshold application, the part is supplied with
3 holes on center and 1⁄2" over net length
(less than 48") or 1" over net length (48" and over). For
a prehung application, the part is supplied according to
fabrication options for thresho-sills - STYLE 4 only
(see page RT-16).
• The following products are designed specically for the
prehung door market
• See fabrication options for thresho-sills (see page RT-16)
for complete information and drawings regarding milling,
drilling and notching
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
residential thresholds
RT-15
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) PW (Painted White) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized)
Thresho-Sills (Cont.)
164_M
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G, PW
163_M
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
140_M
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
167_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G
•Riserfastenstotopofanythresho-sill
•Suppliedwithbothwoodandsheet
metal screws
•SpecifyNETlengthwhenordering
161_M
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN
NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
residential thresholds
RT-16
STYLE 3A (standard mill)
• Fabrication includes: 3⁄4" mill each end, 3 nail holes at each
end, and one center screw
• Preparation: Cut jamb 3⁄4" at angle and height of threshold.
Nail threshold to underside of jamb
• Ordering: Add 11⁄2" to net opening dimension and
designate Style 3A by adding “M” following product
number
(Example: A 160_M prole for a 36" net opening with a
STYLE 3A fabrication = 160_MM37.5)
STYLE 3B (modication of STYLE 3A)
• Fabrication includes: 3⁄8" mill each end, 3 nail holes at each
end, and one center screw
• Preparation: Cut jamb 3⁄8" at angle and height of threshold.
Nail threshold to underside of jamb
• Ordering: Add 3⁄4" to net opening dimension and designate
STYLE 3B by adding “M” following product number
(Example: A 160_M prole for a 36" net opening with a
STYLE 3B fabrication = 160_MM36.75)
STYLE 3C (modication of STYLE 3A)
• Fabrication includes: 1⁄2" mill each end, 3 nail holes at each
end, and one center screw
• Preparation: Cut jamb 1⁄2" at angle and height of threshold.
Nail threshold to underside of jamb
• Ordering: Add 1" to net opening dimension and designate
STYLE 3C by adding “M” following product number
(Example: A 160_M prole for a 36" net opening with a
STYLE 3C fabrication = 160_MM37)
STYLE 4
• Fabrication includes: 2 nail holes at each end and one
center screw
• Preparation: Rabbet stop to angle and height of threshold.
Nail threshold to underside of stop
• Ordering: Order net opening dimension and designate
STYLE 4 by adding “H” following the product number
(Example: A 160_M prole for a 36" net opening with a
STYLE 4 fabrication = 160_MH36)
L-NOTCH
• Accommodates trim molding by notching corner
of product
• Fabrication: Customer must supply diagram indicating
location and dimensions of L-NOTCH (see drawing)
• PEMKO Customer Service can provide form to ll in
location and dimensions
• Ordering: Specify “L-NOTCH”. After fabrication, orders
are non-cancellable and non-returnable
U-NOTCH
• For use with pre-installed door frames, to “drop-in”
around door frame stops
• Fabrication: Customers must supply diagram indicating
location and dimensions of U-NOTCH cut-out
• PEMKO Customer Service can provide form to ll in
location and dimensions
• Ordering: Specify “U-NOTCH”. After fabrication, orders
are non-cancellable and non-returnable
Screw Location
Standard thresho-sill center screw is located
on the slope.
Alternate thresho-sill screw is located on
the top of the sill. Specify “thresho-sill
screws on top”.
STYLE 3A
STYLE 3B
STYLE 3C STYLE 4
L-NOTCH U-NOTCH
Fabrication Options For Thresho-Sills
FLOOR MOLDING, TRIM & HANDYSHAPES™
CONTENTS:
Carpet Bar - Standard ...........................................................................................................................................................FM-2
Seam Binding ..............................................................................................................................................................................FM-2
Stair Nosing .................................................................................................................................................................................FM-2
Edging .............................................................................................................................................................................................FM-2
Coves ..............................................................................................................................................................................................FM-2
Oak Floor Edging .....................................................................................................................................................................FM-3
Oak Seam Binding ...................................................................................................................................................................FM-3
Oak Carpet Trim ......................................................................................................................................................................FM-3
HandyShapes™ - Flat Bar .....................................................................................................................................................FM-4
HandyShapes™ - Angles .......................................................................................................................................................FM-4
HandyShapes™ - U-Channel ..............................................................................................................................................FM-4
INDEX:
2120 .................................... FM-2
2131 .................................... FM-2
2132 .................................... FM-2
2132W ..............................FM-3
2133W ..............................FM-3
2134 .................................... FM-2
2175W ..............................FM-3
2218 .................................... FM-2
2219 .................................... FM-2
2219W ..............................FM-3
2250W .............................. FM-3
2300W .............................. FM-3
2350W .............................. FM-3
2408 .................................... FM-2
2500W .............................. FM-3
2604 .................................... FM-2
2604W .............................. FM-3
2897 .................................... FM-4
2899 .................................... FM-4
2901 .................................... FM-4
2905 .................................... FM-4
2909 .................................... FM-4
2913 .................................... FM-4
2917 .................................... FM-4
2925 .................................... FM-4
2933 .................................... FM-4
2945 .................................... FM-4
2949 .................................... FM-4
2953 .................................... FM-4
PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
floor molding, trim & handyshapes™
FM-2
2131_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, G
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
Provided with drive nails
Carpet Bar - Standard
• Carpet Bars protect and provide a neat trim for the edge of carpet
2132_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, G
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
Provided with drive nails
2134_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, G
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
Provided with drive nails
Seam Binding
• Covers seams and joins in linoleum, tile, carpet, and
other oor coverings
2219_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, G
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
Provided with drive nails
2218_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, G
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
Provided with drive nails
Edging
• Protects and provides neat trim for edge of
linoleum, tile, and other oor coverings
Coves
• Provides a concave surface for interior corners
for smooth appearance and easy cleaning
2604_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, G
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
Provided with screw nails
2408_
AVAILABLE FINISH: C
AVAILABLE LENGTH: 72"
Provided with screw nails
Typical Installation
2604_ shown installed.
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
Typical Installation
2408_ on wall.
Stair Nosing
• Protects and improves the appearance of stair edges
2120_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, G
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
Provided with drive nails
Ribbed top surface and uted face
2120_ shown installed
Typical Installation
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
floor molding, trim & handyshapes™
FM-3
Oak Seam Binding
• Oak Seam Binding covers seams between wood,
tile, linoleum and other surfaces
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
A (Mill Finish Aluminum) C (Clear Anodized) G (Gold Anodized)
2604W
AVAILABLE FINISH: W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
Oak Carpet Trim
• Oak Carpet Trim covers, protects and beauties carpet edges
• Also covers seams between two surfaces of different height
• Oak is provided unnished with countersunk holes and brass
plated screws plated screws
Oak Floor Edging
• Covers, protects, and provides a neat
trim for edges of wood, tile, linoleum,
and other surfaces
• Oak is provided unnished with
countersunk holes and brass plated
screws plated screws
2219W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
2175W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
2250W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
2300W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
2350W
AVAILABLE LENGTH: 36"
2500W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
2133W
AVAILABLE FINISH: W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
2132W
AVAILABLE FINISH: W
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 36", 72"
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
floor molding, trim & handyshapes™
FM-4
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
W (Solid Oak)
HandyShapes™ - Flat Bar
• Available in Clear Anod Aluminum (C) in 96" lengths only
2945_ 2949_ 2953_ 2959_
2897_ 2901_2905_
2913_
2899_
HandyShapes™ - Angles
• Available in Clear Anod Aluminum (C) in 96" lengths only
2909_ 2917_ 2925_
HandyShapes™
U-Channel
• Available in Clear Anod Aluminum (C)
in 72" and 96" lengths only
2933_ 2937_
WEATHERIZATION PRODUCTS
CONTENTS:
Foam and Neoprene Tape ................................................................................................................................WP-2 - WP-3
Vinyl Tape .....................................................................................................................................................................................WP-3
Hemmed Vinyl and Replacement Vinyl ....................................................................................................................... WP-4
INDEX:
30AV ..................................WP-4
P39C7 ...............................WP-3
P39C80.............................WP-3
P5B7 ...................................WP-4
P240 ...................................WP-2
P24 ......................................WP-2
P24-30 ...............................WP-2
P242 ...................................WP-2
P243 ...................................WP-2
P244 ...................................WP-2
P260 ...................................WP-2
P26 ......................................WP-2
P262 ...................................WP-2
P263 ...................................WP-2
P264 ...................................WP-2
P265 ...................................WP-2
P266 ...................................WP-2
P36V6 ................................WP-4
P364R6 .............................WP-4
P365V6 .............................WP-4
P366V6 .............................WP-4
P380 ...................................WP-3
P38 ......................................WP-3
P384 ...................................WP-3
P385 ...................................WP-2
P386 ...................................WP-2
P387 ...................................WP-3
P388 ...................................WP-3
P390 ...................................WP-2
P39 ......................................WP-2
P392 ...................................WP-2
P393 ...................................WP-2
P394 ...................................WP-2
P396 ...................................WP-2
P397 ...................................WP-2
P398 ...................................WP-2
P480 ...................................WP-2
P484 ...................................WP-3
P485 ...................................WP-3
P490 ...................................WP-2
P49 ......................................WP-2
P493 ...................................WP-2
P497 ...................................WP-2
P497 ...................................WP-2
P5BL7 ................................WP-4
PV9GR36.........................WP-4
PVGR36 ............................WP-4
PV3GR36.........................WP-4
PV5GR36.........................WP-4
PV22BL36 .......................WP-4
PV22GR36 ......................WP-4
PV64GR36 ......................WP-4
PV83TN36 .....................WP-4
PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
weatherization
WP-2
Suggested Installation
Open Cell Foam
Tape installed on
casement window.
Product # Color Thickness (T) Width (W) Length
P390 Gray 3⁄16" x3⁄8" x 17'
P391White 1⁄4" x3⁄8" x 17'
P392 Gray 3⁄8" x 3⁄8" x 17'
P393 Gray 1⁄2"x1⁄2"x17'
P394 Gray 1⁄2"x3⁄4" x 17'
P396 Charcoal 1⁄4"x1⁄2"x17'
P397 White 1⁄8"x3⁄8" x 17'
P398 Gray 1⁄4"x3⁄4" x 17'
Closed Cell Soft PVC Foam Tape
Product # Color Thickness (T) Width (W) Length
P240 Gray 1⁄8"x1⁄4"x17'
P241Gray 3⁄16"x3⁄8" x 17'
P241-30 Gray 3⁄16"x3⁄8" x 30'
P242 Gray 1⁄4"x3⁄8" x 17'
P243 Gray 3⁄8" x 3⁄8" x 17'
P244 Gray 3⁄8" x 3⁄4" x 17'
Closed Cell Firm PVC Foam Tape
 Easily compressible self-adhesive weatherstrip

self-adhesive weatherstrip

moisture degradation

and windows



sub-zero temperatures


Product # Color Thickness (T) Width (W) Length
P260 Black 1⁄8"x1⁄4"x17'
P261Black 3⁄16"x3⁄8" x 17'
P262 Black 3⁄16"x3⁄4" x 17'
P263 Black 5⁄16"x3⁄8" x 10'
P264 Black 5⁄16"x3⁄4" x 10'
P265 Black 7⁄16"x3⁄8" x 10'
P266 Black 7⁄16"x3⁄4" x 10'
P385 Gray 1⁄4"x1⁄2"x10'
P386 Gray 1⁄4"x3⁄4" x 10'

Product # Color Thickness (T) Width (W) Length
P490 Gray 1⁄8"x3⁄8" x 10'
P491Gray 1⁄4"x3⁄8" x 10'
P493 Gray 1⁄4"x1⁄2"x10'
P497 Gray 1⁄4"x3⁄4" x 10'
Suggested Installation
Top view of Closed Cell
PVC Soft Foam Tape
installed on door opening.
Suggested Installation
Closed Cell PVC Firm
Foam Tape installed as
car trunk weatherstrip.
Suggested Installation
EPDM Sponge Neoprene
Tape installed as boat hatch
weatherstrip
Open Cell Polyurethane Foam Tape
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
weatherization
WP-3
 Compression adhesive weatherstrip is easy to

 Aluminum foil-backed tape reduces heat loss in water pipes; prevents condensation
and helps reduce air loss in heater when used on joints
 
 

 Resists deterioration from oily substances
 
Suggested Installation
System-V Weatherstrip Tape
installed onto door jamb stop
Product # Color Thickness (T) Width (W) Length
P380 Black 3⁄16"x3⁄8" x 10'
P381Black 5⁄16"x3⁄8" x 10'
P384 Black 7⁄16"x3⁄4" x 10'
P387 Black 3⁄16"x3⁄4" x 10'
P388 Black 5⁄16"x1⁄2"x10'
P484 Black 7⁄16"x3⁄8" x 10'
Closed Cell Sponge Vinyl Camper Tape
Closed Cell Foam Pipe Wrap Tape
System-V Weatherstrip Tape
Product # Color Width Length
P39C17Clear 7⁄8" x 17'
P39C180 Clear 7⁄8" x 180'
Suggested Installation
Closed Cell Sponge
Neoprene Tape installed
as car door weatherstrip.
Suggested Installation
Closed Cell Foam Pipe
Wrap Tape installed on pipe
and pipe joint
Sponge Vinyl Camper Tape
installed as seal between
camper and truck bed
Suggested Installation
For more weatherstripping products (such as PK33, PK55 and S88)
see pages AG-2 through AG-4 in the Adhesive Gasketing Section.
Closed Cell Sponge Neoprene Tape
Product # Color Thickness (T) Width (W) Length
P480 Gray 3⁄16"x11⁄4"x30'
Product # Color Thickness (T) Width (W) Length
P485 Gray 1⁄8"x2" x15'
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
weatherization
WP-4
Product #  Thickness Width Length
301AV Vinyl 1⁄8"x3⁄4" x 17'
Garage Door Weatherstrip
 All garage door weatherstrips are furnished with roong nails
Product # Color Height Width Length
P361V16Black 11⁄2"x1"x16'
P364R16Black 3⁄4" x 21⁄4"x16'
P365V16Gray 13⁄4"x5⁄8" x 16'
P366V16Black 5⁄8" x 1⁄2"x16'
Threshold Replacement Vinyl
Product # Color Used In ( Product Numbers):
PV11GR36  
PV13GR36  208
PV22BL36 Black 
PV22GR36 Gray 
PV64GR36 Gray 
PV83TN36 Tan 
208 250
Door Shoe Replacement Vinyl
Product # Color Used In ( Product Numbers):
PV9BL36 Black 21111111111
PV9GR36 Gray 21111111111
PV15GR36 Gray 209
234 216
Product #  Width Length
P51B17Bronze 11⁄8"x17'
P361V16
P364R16
P365V16
P366V16
Hemmed Vinyl Weatherstrip
Spring Bronze Weatherstrip
Replacement Vinyl

11⁄2"

gaps up to 5⁄8"

13⁄4"

or door bottom
Hemmed Vinyl and Garage Weatherstrip
 
 Nail to door stops and window stops to block drafts and
air inltration
 Nails included
 Fills gaps up to 1⁄4"
 For use on wood doors and wood casement windows
 .008" hemmed spring bronze (brass)
 Packaged with nails. Nails should be approximately
11⁄2" on center
LITES & LOUVERS
CONTENTS:
General Information............................................................................................................................................................... LL-2
Low Prole - Beveled Lite Kit................................................................................................................................LL-3-LL-4
Low Prole - 90O Lite Kit.........................................................................................................................................LL-5-LL-6
Grills/Vision Lites For 90O Lite Kit.................................................................................................................................. LL-7
Inverted "Y" Louver ................................................................................................................................................................ LL-8
Fusible Link Louver................................................................................................................................................................. LL-9
Fire Glazing Tape ....................................................................................................................................................................LL-10
Fire Glazing Tape Applications ........................................................................................................................LL-11-LL-16
INDEX:
FG3000S45 ....................LL-10
FG3000S90 ....................LL-10
G-2 .........................................LL-7
G-3 .........................................LL-7
G-4 .........................................LL-7
G-5 .........................................LL-7
G-6 .........................................LL-7
G-8 .........................................LL-7
G-9 .........................................LL-7
G-10 ......................................LL-7
G-12 ......................................LL-7
G-15 ......................................LL-7
HSS2000 ..........................LL-15
LT- B 1 .....................................LL-3
LT-B2 .....................................LL-4
LT-B3 .....................................LL-4
LT-B4 .....................................LL-4
LT- S 1 .....................................LL-5
LT-S2 ......................................LL-6
LT-S3 ......................................LL-6
LT-S4 ......................................LL-6
LV-FL ......................................LL-9
LV-IY ......................................LL-8
PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
lites & louvers
LL-2
Ordering Information
The following information is necessary for ordering (quantities are not included in product numbers):
Quantity Series Finish Size
10 LT-B1 B 3 x 33
Example: LT- B1 | B | 10X10 (Shown as LT-B1_ in catalog)
Features/Finishes
PEMKO lites and louvers are nished with polyester resin powder coat in the following standard colors:
B - Beige
D - Dark Bronze Duranodic
G - Gray Primer
• Other colors are available. Sample chip required for color match
• PEMKO lites and louvers are made from A40 galvannealed steel for additional corrosion protection
Options
• Security Fasteners
• Security Grilles (Square Kits ONLY)
• 304 Stainless Steel with #4 nish
Prole #: Finish: Size/Length:
LT- B1 B 10x10 = 10" width x 10" height
LV-FL G 18x18 = 18" width x 18" height
Exposed Glass Dimensions Cutout Dimensions
LT-B110" x 10" CO-B112" x 12"
LT-B116" x 16" CO-B118" x 18"
LT-B15" x 20" CO-B17" x 22"
LT-B122" x 22" CO-B124" x 24"
LT-B14" x 25" CO-B16" x 27"
LT-B116" x 28" CO-B118" x 30"
LT-B122" x 28" CO-B124" x 30"
LT-B16" x 30" CO-B18" x 32"
LT-B122" x 30" CO-B124" x 32"
LT-B122" x 32" CO-B124" x 34"
LT-B13" x 33" CO-B15" x 35"
LT-B116" x 34" CO-B118" x 36"
LT-B122" x 34" CO-B124" x 36"
LT-B122" x 58" CO-B124" x 60"
Specify exposed or cutout dimensions
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
lites & louvers
LL-3
LT-B1_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, D, G
Low Prole - Beveled Lite Kit
The LT-B1 Lite Kit provides a wide viewing angle. For use
with glazing material requiring a 3⁄8" pocket in 13⁄4" wood or
metal doors. The LT-B1 installs without drilling holes through
the door for quick installation. The hemmed design is a ush
mounted assembly and is ideal for clean environments.
Standard Features
Materials:
20 gauge galvannealed hemmed design with 3⁄8"
glazing pocket
Fasteners:
#8 x 13⁄4" O.H.S.M.S.
Dimensions:
• Minimum width - 2" exposed glass
• Maximum height - 69" exposed glass
Other:
• Mitered and welded clean corner construction
• 37 degree beveled glass stops
Fire Rating:
Classied in accordance with UBC code standard
7-2 for positive pressure
Optional Features:
Materials:
304 - #4 stainless steel in 20 gauge material
Finish:
Custom powder coated nishes (sample chip
must accompany order)
Fasteners:
Security fasteners
Other:
• Glazing tape
• Custom glass sizes
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
B(BeigePowderCoat)•D(DarkBronzeDuranodicPowderCoat)•G (Gray Primer Powder Coat)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
lites & louvers
LL-4
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
B (Beige Powder Coat) D (Dark Bronze Duranodic Powder Coat) G (Gray Primer Powder Coat)
LT-B2 _
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, D, G
Standard Features
Materials:
20 gauge galvannealed hemless design with
9⁄16" glazing pocket
Low Prole - Beveled Lite Kit (Cont.)
LT-B3_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, D, G
Standard Features
Materials:
20 gauge galvannealed hemless design
with 13⁄16" glazing pocket
LT-B4_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, D, G
Standard Features
Materials:
20 gauge galvannealed hemless
design with 11⁄16" glazing pocket
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
lites & louvers
LL-5
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
B (Beige Powder Coat) D (Dark Bronze Duranodic Powder Coat) G (Gray Primer Powder Coat)
LT-S1_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, D, G
Low Prole - 90º Lite Kit
The LT-S1 Lite Kit provides a wide viewing angle. For use
with glazing material requiring a 3⁄8" pocket in 13⁄4" wood or
metal doors. The LT-S1 installs without drilling holes through
the door for quick installation. The hemless design is a ush
mounted assembly and is ideal for clean environments.
Standard Features
Materials:
20 gauge galvannealed steel for width 3⁄8"
glazing pocket
Fasteners:
#8 x 13⁄4" O.H.S.M.S.
Dimensions:
•Minimumwidth-2"exposedglass
•Maximumheight-69"exposedglass
Other:
•Miteredandweldedcleancorner
construction
•90degreesquareglassstop
Fire Rating:
Classied in accordance with UBC code
standard 7-2 for positive pressure
Optional Features
Materials:
304 - #4 stainless steel in 20 gauge material
Finish:
Custom powder coated nishes
(sample chip must accompany order)
Fasteners:
Security fasteners
Other:
•Securitygrilles
(supplied on both sides, standard)
•Glazingtape
•Customglasssizes
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
lites & louvers
LL-6
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
B (Beige Powder Coat) D (Dark Bronze Duranodic Powder Coat) G (Gray Primer Powder Coat)
LT-S2 _
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, D, G
Standard Features
Materials:
20 gauge galvannealed steel with 9⁄16"
glazing pocket
Low Prole - 90º Lite Kit (Cont.)
LT-S3_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, D, G
Standard Features
Materials:
20 gauge galvannealed steel with
13⁄16" glazing pocket
LT-S4_
AVAILABLE FINISHES: B, D, G
Standard Features
Materials:
20 gauge galvannealed steel with
11⁄16" glazing pocket
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
lites & louvers
LL-7
Grilles/Vision Lites For LT-S1 through LT-S4 Lites
These products are for the LT- S _ series only.
Standard Features
Materials:
•VisionLites:20gaugegalvannealedsteel
•Muntins:18 gauge C.R.S. 1⁄2" x 1⁄2"
steel tube
Door Thickness:
For 13⁄4" doors only
Optional Features
Finish:
Custom powder coated nishes
(sample chip must accompany order)
Fasteners:
Special security screws available
Other:
Customized grille patterns
G-2
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, D, G
G-3
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, D, G
G-4
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, D, G
G-5
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, D, G
G-8
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, D, G
G-9
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, D, G
G-10
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, D, G
G-12
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, D, G
G-15
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, D, G
Vision Lites:
Only for use in LT-S1 to LT-S4 (“S” Series)
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
B (Beige Powder Coat) D (Dark Bronze Duranodic Powder Coat) G (Gray Primer Powder Coat)
G-6
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, D, G
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
lites & louvers
LL-8
LV-IY_
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, D, G
Inverted “Y” Louver
The LV-IY louver for 13⁄4" wood or metal doors provides
50% free air ow. The 20 gauge inverted “Y” blades add
stiffness and a burr-free exposed edge. The 18 gauge
galvannealed mitered frame secures the grill assembly in
place giving it a clean appearance.
Standard Features
• 18 gauge galvannealed frame
• 20 gauge galvannealed inverted “Y” blades
• For 13⁄4" doors
• 50% Free air ow
• #8 - 15" x 13⁄4 O.H.S.M.S.
• Welded corner construction
Optional Features
• 304 - #4 stainless steel
• Louver core only
• Security screws
• Security grilles
• Insect screens
• Custom powder coated nishes
(sample chip must accompany order)
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish char t)
B (Beige Powder Coat) D (Dark Bronze Duranodic Powder Coat) G (Gray Primer Powder Coat)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
lites & louvers
LL-9
LV-FL _
AVAILABLE FINISHES:
B, D, G
Fusible Link Louver
The LV-FL louver is 13⁄4" wood or metal doors and provides
50% free air ow while fastening to one side to ensure security.
Standard Features
• 18 gauge galvannealed frame
• 16 gauge adjustable “Z” blades
• For 13⁄4" doors
• 50% Free air ow
• #8 - 15 x 1" O.H.S.M.S.
• UL listed
Optional Features
• Security screws
• Custom powder coated nishes
(sample chip must accompany order)
AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for nish chart)
B (Beige Powder Coat) D (Dark Bronze Duranodic Powder Coat) G (Gray Primer Powder Coat)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
lites & louvers
LL-10
Fire Glazing Tape
• Verify all applications with your door and/or frame
manufacturer
• FG33000S45 and FG3000S90 are specially formulated
high-performance re glazing tapes
• For exterior re-rated applications, seal against
moisture using standard industry methods
FG3000S90
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 8', 16'
FG3000S45
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 14', 16'
Fire Glazing Tape in Larger Lite Applications
Single Vision Lites
(Wood/Hollow
Metal Door)
Maximum Height: 84"
Maximum Width: 34"
Maximum Total Square Inches
(Visible Glass Area): 2,856
•In20-,45-,60-and90-minuteratedwoodandhollow
metal doors with metal vision frames, the use of
FG3000 re glazing tape allows for much larger
vision lites
•In20-and45-minuteratedhollowmetalscreens,the
use of FG3000 re glazing tape allows for much larger
sidelites, borrowed lites and glass transoms
•Newallowablevisibleglassareasforvisionlitesin
20- and 45-minute rated wood and hollow metal
doors with FG3000S45 is 2,856 square inches with a
maximum height of 84" and a maximum width of 34"
Multiple Vision Lites
(Hollow Metal Door)
Maximum Height (Each Lite): 12"
Maximum Width (Each Lite): 46"
Maximum Combined Square Inches
(All Visible Glass Areas): 2,208
•For90-minutehollowmetaldoorswithFG3000re
glazing tape, 12" x 46" vision lites are allowed, but the
total number of lites must not exceed four (4) per
door. The combined total visible glass area allowed is
2208 square inches
Color: WhiteColor: White
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
lites & louvers
LL-11
Technical Data For 20- And 45-Minute Hollow Metal Screens Equipped With FG3000S45
(Sidelite/Borrowed Lite/Transom Lite Applications)
Lite Congurations
Lite Specications Hollow Metal Screen Specications Listing/Labeling Specications
Maximum Lite Size:
106" In Any One Direction
Maximum Lite Combined Square Inches:
Not To Exceed 4,704
Maximum Dimensions (Drywall):
12'8" X 11'4"
Maximum Dimensions (Masonry):
13'6" X 12'0"
Metal Requirements:
Frames are restricted to a minimum of
16-gauge with 5⁄8" high stops and 18-gauge
glazing bead with #8 fasteners at 9" maximum
centers
•Doorandframemustbemanufactured
by companies that are classied by
Underwriters Laboratories Inc.® for the
manufacturing and labeling of hollow metal
re doors. Warnock Hersey (I.T.S.) listings
are also available through participating
hollow metal manufacturers
•ListedGlazingProductsinclude:
– Wire Glazing: Pilkington, Asahi and
Central Glass
•Allvisionlitekitsmustbelistedredoor
glass frames, packaged with FG3000S45 or
FG3000S90
•Individualdoorandframemanufacturers'
modication procedures may vary slightly
from the size listings shown
FG3000S45
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 7', 8', 14', 16'
• Verify all applications with your door and/or
frame manufacturer
• For exterior re-rated applications, a clear silicone
caulk is recommended for water proong
FG3000S45 Fire Glazing Tape in 20- and 45-Minute
Hollow Metal Frame (Screen)
Sidelite/Borrowed Lite/Transom Lite Applications
Sectional View of Application
Hollow metal frame for a sidelite,
borrowed lite or transom condition.
The maximum visible glass area allowed for side
lites, borrowed lites, and glass transoms is 4,704
square inches with a maximum length of 106" in
any one direction.
Color: White
SideliteSidelite
Borrowed Lite
Transom with
Sidelite
Transom with
Sidelite
Transom
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
lites & louvers
LL-12
FG3000S45 Fire Glazing Tape in 20- and 45-Minute Hollow Metal Door
Metal Vision Frame Applications
Sectional View of Applications
• Maximum hollow metal door size: 48" x 120" single,
pairs approved
• Door and frame must be manufactured by companies that
are classied by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.® for the
manufacturing and labeling of hollow metal re doors and
frames. Warnock-Hersey (I.T.S.) listings are also available
through participating hollow metal manufacturers
• For exterior re rated applications, seal against moisture
using standard industry methods
• Verify all applications with your door and/or frame
manufacturer
Multiple vision lites are allowed in
both the 20 minute and 45 minute,
but the combined total visible glass
area allowed is 2,856 square inches
per door.
FG3000S45
For 20 minute and 45 minute the
maximum visible glass size allowed
is 34" wide x 84" high or 2,856
square inches per vision lite.
Color: White
Beveled Square
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
lites & louvers
LL-13
FG3000S45 Fire Glazing Tape in 20- and 45-Minute Wood Door
Metal Vision Frame Applications
FG3000S45 Sectional View of Applications
Technical Data For 20- And 45-Minute Wood Doors Equipped With FG3000S45
(Metal Vision Frame, Single And Multiple Lite Applications)
Lite Congurations
Lite Specications Door Specication Listing/Labeling Specications
Maximum Dimensions (Single Lite):
34" wide x 84" high, 2,856 square
inches per lite
Maximum Combined Dimensions
(Multiple Lites):
Multiple vision lites are allowed in both the
20- and 45-minute doors, but the combined
total visible glass area allowed is 2,856 square
inches per door.
Maximum Dimensions:
or both 20- and 45-minute doors, the
maximum wood door size is 48" x 96" single,
pairs approved
•Doorandframemustbemanufactured
by companies that are classied by
Underwriters Laboratories Inc.® for the
manufacturing and labeling of hollow metal
re doors. Warnock Hersey (I.T.S.) listings
are also available through participating
hollow metal manufacturers
•ListedGlazingProductsinclude:
– Wire Glazing: Pilkington, Asahi and
Central Glass
•Individualdoorandframemanufacturers'
modication procedures may vary slightly
from the size listings shown
Single Vision Lite Multiple Vision Lites
The maximum visible glass area allowed for
single lites is 34" wide x 84" high; for single
and multiple lites, the total visible glass area
allowed is 2,856 square inches per door.
Color: White
Beveled Square
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
lites & louvers
LL-14
FG3000S90 Fire Glazing Tape in 90-Minute Hollow Metal Door
Metal Vision Frame Applications
FG3000S90
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 8', 16'
Sectional View of Applications
• Verify all applications with your door and/or
frame manufacturer
• For exterior re-rated applications, seal against
moisture using industry standard methods
Technical Data For 90-Minute Hollow Metal Doors Equipped With FG3000S90
(Metal Vision Frame, Single And Multiple Lite Applications)
Lite Congurations
Lite Specications Door Specication Listing/Labeling Specications
Maximum Dimensions (Single Lite):
12" wide x 46" high, 552 square inches per lite
Maximum Combined Dimensions
(Multiple Lites):
Multiple vision lites are allowed in 90-minute
doors, but the combined total visible glass
area allowed is 2,208 square inches per door.
No more than four (4) lites are allowed per
door. The largest approved conguration is
above two (2) vision lites at 12" wide x 46"
high above two vision lites at 12" wide x 46"
high.
Maximum Dimensions:
For 90-minute doors, the maximum hollow
metal door size is 48" x 120" single, pairs
approved.
•Doorandframemustbemanufactured
by companies that are classied by
Underwriters Laboratories Inc.® for the
manufacturing and labeling of hollow metal
re doors. Warnock Hersey (I.T.S.) listings
are also available through participating
hollow metal manufacturers
•ListedGlazingProductsinclude:
– Wire Glazing: Pilkington, Asahi and
Central Glass
•Individualdoorandframemanufacturers’
modication procedures may vary slightly
from the size listings shown.
Single Vision Lite Multiple Vision Lite Multiple Vision Lites
The maximum visible glass area
allowed for single lites is 12"
wide x 46" high or 552 square
inches per vision lite; for multiple
lites, the largest approved door
conguration is two (2) vision
lites at 12" wide x 46" high
above two (2) vision lites at 12"
wide x 46" high (as shown at far
right). No more than four (4) lites
are allowed per door, and the
combined total visible glass area
allowed is 2,208 square inches
per door.
Color: White
Beveled Square
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
lites & louvers
LL-15
Technical Data For 60- And 90-Minute Wood Doors Equipped With FG3000S90 & HSS2000
(Metal Vision Frame, Single And Multiple Lite Applications)
Lite Congurations
Lite Specications Door Specication Listing/Labeling Specications
Maximum Dimensions
(Single Lite, 60-Minute): 12" wide x 80" high;
960 square inches per lite
Maximum Dimensions
(Single Lite, 90-Minute): 12" wide x 46" high;
552 square inches per lite
Maximum Combined Dimensions
(Multiple Lites, 60-Minute):
Multiple vision lites are allowed in 60-minute
doors only; the combined total visible glass
area allowed is 1,920 square inches per door
Maximum Dimensions:
For both 60- and 90-minute doors, the
maximum wood door size is 48" x 96" single,
pairs approved
•Doormustbemanufacturedbycompanies
that are classied by Underwriters
Laboratories Inc.® for the manufacturing
and labeling of hollow metal re doors.
Warnock Hersey (I.T.S.) listings are also
available through participating hollow metal
manufacturers.
•ListedGlazingProductsinclude:
– Wire Glazing: Pilkington, Asahi and
Central Glass
•Individualdoorandframemanufacturers'
modication procedures may vary slightly
from the size listings shown
•HSS2000 is required on Positive Pressure
applications only
FG3000S90 Fire Glazing Tape in 60- and 90-Minute Wood Doors
Metal Vision Frame Applications
HSS2000FG3000S90
AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 8', 16'
HSS2000 is required to be installed with
FG3000S90 for positive pressure applications only.
For more information about HSS2000, please see
the Adhesive Gasketing section.
• Verify all applications with your door and/or frame manufacturer
• For exterior re-rated applications, a clear silicone caulk is
recommended for water proong
Sectional View of Applications
Single Vision Lite,
60-Minute Door
Multiple Vision Lites,
60-Minute Door
Single Vision Lite,
90-Minute Door
The maximum visible glass
area allowed for 60-minute
single lites is 12" wide x 80"
high or 960 square inches per
vision lite; 90-minute doors are
allowed a maximum visible glass
area of 12" wide x 46" high or
552 square inches per vision
lite. Multiple lites (allowed on
60-minute doors only) have a
maximum combined visible glass
area of 1,920 square inches
per door.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
lites & louvers
LL-16
•Verifyallapplicationswithyourdoorand/orframemanufacturer
•Forexteriorre-ratedapplications,sealagainstmoistureusing
standard industry methods
•Woodvisionframesrated20-minuteand45-minute
•Woodsideliteframesrated20-minuteand45-minute
•Woodborrowedliteframesrated20-minuteand45-minute
FG3000S45
AVAILABLE LENGTHS:
7', 8', 14', 16'
FG3000S45 Fire Glazing Tape in 20- and 45-Minute Wood
Doors and Frames
Technical Data For 20-Minute Wood Sidelite Frame/Wood Lite Bead/Clear Tempered Glass
Maximum Visible Glazing Dimensions (Sidelite):
327⁄8" x 87
13 ⁄16"
Glazing Materials (Sidelite):
•PyroEdge 20™ by Interedge Technologies
•Fireglass 20™ by Technical Glass Products
Listing/Labeling Specications:
•PositivePressureTes tedandListed
•Verifyavailabilitywithdoorandframemanufacturer
Technical Data For 20-Minute Full Lite Wood Door/Wood Lite Frame/Clear Tempered Glass
Maximum Visible Glazing Dimensions (Lite):
•(4'0" x 8'0" Door): 327⁄8" x 7513 ⁄16"
•(4'0" x 8'0" Door): 327⁄8" x 7513 ⁄16"
Glazing Materials (Sidelite):
•PyroEdge 20™ by Interedge Technologies
•Fireglass 20™ by Technical Glass Products
Listing/Labeling Specications:
•PositivePressureTes tedandListed
•Verifyavailabilitywithdoorandframemanufacturer
Technical Data For: 20- And 45-Minute Full Lite Wood Door/Wood Lite Frame With Wire Glass Or FireLite™,
20- And 45-Minute Wood Sidelite Frame/Borrowed Lite Frame/Transom Lite Frame With Wire Glass Or FireLite™
Lite Specications (see diagram at left):
•PositivePressureTes tedandListed
•Largevisibleglazingareas
•WireGlassandFireLite™
•Verifyavailabilitywithdoorandframemanufacturer.
Contact These Manufacturers:
Navy Island, Inc.
275 Marie Ave East, West St Paul, MN 55118
Phone: 651.451.4454, Fax: 651.451.4484
Eggers Industries - Frame Plant
1819 East River Street, Two Rivers, WI 54241
Phone: 920.793.1351, Fax: 920.793.2958
DOOR & FRAME ACCESSORIES
CONTENTS:
Anchors.........................................................................................................................................................................DA-2-DA-3
Reinforcements - Fillers........................................................................................................................................DA-4-DA-6
Reinforcements - Miscellaneous......................................................................................................................DA-6-DA-8
Reinforcements - Tabs ...........................................................................................................................................DA-8-DA-9
Door Channel - Top Caps .............................................................................................................................................DA-10
INDEX:
BA5-50PK.........................DA-2
BA6-50PK.........................DA-2
BA8-50PK.........................DA-2
CA1-50PK .......................DA-2
CA2-50PK ........................DA-2
CB1-50PK ........................DA-4
CB2-50PK .........................DA-4
CB3-50PK .........................DA-4
CR2-5PK ...........................DA-7
CR3-20PK ........................DA-7
DC1-10PK ...................DA-10
DC2-10PK ................... DA-10
DC3-10PK ................... DA-10
DT1-50PK ........................DA-9
DT3-50PK ........................DA-9
DT4-50PK ........................DA-8
DT5-50PK ........................DA-8
EA1-25PK .........................DA-6
FT1-50PK .........................DA-9
FT2-50PK ..........................DA-9
FT3-50PK ..........................DA-8
FT4-50PK ..........................DA-9
FT5-50PK ..........................DA-9
GS1-20PK ........................DA-3
GS2-20PK .........................DA-3
GS3-20PK .........................DA-3
GS4-20PK .........................DA-3
HF1-25PK .........................DA-4
HF2-25PK .........................DA-4
HF3-25PK .........................DA-4
HF4-25PK .........................DA-4
HF5-25PK .........................DA-4
HF6-25PK .........................DA-4
HR1-50PK ........................DA-8
HR2-50PK ........................DA-8
HR3-50PK ........................DA-8
HR4-50PK ........................DA-8
HS1-50PK ........................DA-6
HS2-50PK .........................DA-6
HS3-50PK .........................DA-6
HS4-50PK .........................DA-6
LA1-25PK .........................DA-6
LF1-25PK ..........................DA-5
LF2-25PK ..........................DA-5
LF3-25PK ..........................DA-5
LF4-50PK ..........................DA-4
LF5-25PK ..........................DA-5
LF6-25PK ..........................DA-5
MA4-25PK .......................DA-2
MA5-25PK .......................DA-2
MB1-50PK ........................DA-6
RF1-25PK .........................DA-7
SB1-25PK .........................DA-5
SB2-25PK ..........................DA-5
SB3-25PK ..........................DA-5
SB4-25PK ..........................DA-5
SB5-25PK ..........................DA-5
SR1-10PK .........................DA-7
SR2-10PK .........................DA-7
TC1-10PK .................... DA-10
TC2-10PK .................... DA-10
TC3-10PK .................... DA-10
WA1-100PK ...................DA-3
XT1-100PK .....................DA-2
XW1-100PK ..................DA-3
XW2-100PK ...................DA-3
XW3-100PK ...................DA-3
XW4-100PK ...................DA-3
XW5-100PK ...................DA-3
XW6-100PK ...................DA-3
XW7-100PK ...................DA-3
XW8-100PK ...................DA-3
XW9-100PK ...................DA-3
ZA5-100PK .....................DA-2
ZA6-100PK .....................DA-2
ZA8-100PK .....................DA-2
PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door & frame accessories
DA-2
Anchors
Base Anchors (Weld-in Type)
• Holes in one side for anchoring 15⁄8" x 15⁄8"
• .065 - 16 gauge galvannealed steel
• Sold in 50 packs only
Combination Adjustable Stud Anchors
• Adjustable - saves time and is easy to install for a wider range
of frames
• 18 gauge electro zinc nish
• Two (2) pieces per anchor (1 set)
•Soldin50packsonly
Z Anchors (Weld-in Type)
• For stud walls built inside of frame jambs
• .049 - 18 gauge galvannealed steel
• Sold in 100 packs only
Mullion Base Anchors
• For 2" face frames. Two (2) holes for anchoring
• .083 - 14 gauge galvannealed steel
• Sold in 25 packs only
Adjustable Wall Anchors
• Buttery design
• .065 galvannealed steel
• Sold in 100 packs only
BA5
MA4
CA1
ZA5
XT1
BA5-50PK Base anchor, for 43⁄4" and 53⁄4" masonry frames
BA6-50PK Base anchor, for 63⁄4" and 7
3⁄4" masonry frames
BA8-50PK Base anchor, for 83⁄4" masonry frames
MA4-25PK Mullion base anchor, 43⁄4" length
MA5-25PK Mullion base anchor, 53⁄4" length
ZA5-100PK Weld-in Z anchor, for 43⁄4" and 53⁄4" masonry frames
ZA6-100PK Weld-in Z anchor, for 63⁄4" and 73⁄4" masonry frames
ZA8-100PK Weld-in Z anchor, for 83⁄4" masonry frames
XT1-100PK Twist-in existing wall anchor, 43⁄4" to 63⁄4"
CA1-50PK Adjustable stud anchor for 43⁄4" and 53⁄4" masonry frames
CA2-50PK Adjustable stud anchor for 63⁄4" to 83⁄4" masonry frames
•
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door & frame accessories
DA-3
XW1-100PK 43⁄4" existing wall anchor, unequal rabbet
XW2-100PK 53⁄4" existing wall anchor, equal rabbet
XW3-100PK 53⁄4" existing wall anchor, unequal rabbet
XW4-100PK 63⁄4" existing wall anchor, equal rabbet
XW5-100PK 63⁄4" existing wall anchor, unequal rabbet
XW6-100PK 73⁄4" existing wall anchor, equal rabbet
XW7-100PK 73⁄4" existing wall anchor, unequal rabbet
XW8-100PK 83⁄4" existing wall anchor, equal rabbet
XW9-100PK 83⁄4" existing wall anchor, unequal rabbet
Anchors (Cont.)
WA1-100PK
Wire Masonry Anchors
• Formasonryframes
• Soldin100 packs only
Existing Wall Anchors
• Ideal for all existing wall applications
• For 43⁄4" to 83⁄4" frames
• Sold in 100 packs only
XW1XW4
WA1
GS1-20PK •5⁄8" x 5⁄8" x 8'0"
•Punchedandcountersunkfor#8screw
•Holespacingsare6"fromendsand12" on center
•.04918 gauge A40 galvannealed steel
GS2-20PK •5⁄8" x 5⁄8" x 10'0"
•Punchedandcountersunkfor#8screw
•Holespacingsare6"fromendsand12" on center
•.04918 gauge A40 galvannealed steel
GS3-20PK •5⁄8" x 5⁄8" x 10'0"
•Blank(noholes)
•.04918 gauge A40 galvannealed steel
GS4-20PK •5⁄8" x 5⁄8" x 3'0"
•Blank(noholes)
•.04918 gauge A40 galvannealed steel
Glazing Bead/Spreader Bar
Glazing Bead
• Sold in 20 packs only
• No fasteners supplied
GS1GS2
GS3 GS4
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door & frame accessories
DA-4
Reinforcements - Fillers
Corner Fillers
• Holes in one side for anchoring 15⁄8" x 15⁄8"
• .065 - 16 gauge galvannealed steel
• Sold in 50 packs only
Door Hinge Filler Plates
• Two(2)#12-24 x 1⁄2" F.H.M.S. included
• Sold in 25 packs only
Frame Hinge Filler Plates
• For 13⁄4" rabbeted frames
• Two(2)#12-24 x 1⁄2" F.H.M.S.
• Sold in 25 packs only
Hole Covers
• Sold in 50 packs only
LF4
CB1
HF1
HF3
CB1-50PK •2"faceframecornerller.
•5⁄8" x 7⁄16" lip x 113 ⁄16" wide
CB2-50PK •2-5⁄8" face frame corner ller
•5⁄8" x 7⁄16" lip x 27⁄16" wide
CB3-50PK •4"faceframecornerller
•5⁄8" x 7⁄16" lip x 313 ⁄16" wide
LF4-50PK •21⁄8" hole covers
•For160 & 161 cylinder holes
•23⁄32" diameter x .049 galvannealed steel
HF3-25PK •41⁄2" hinge ller for frames.
•15⁄8" x 41⁄2" x .134 HRPO, prime painted
HF6-25PK •5"hingellerforframes
•15⁄8" x 5" x .134 HRPO, prime painted
HF1-25PK •41⁄2" hinge ller for beveled edge (handed) doors
•11⁄2" x 41⁄2" x .134 HRPO, prime painted
HF2-25PK •4-1⁄2" hinge ller for square edge (non-handed) doors
•13⁄4" x 41⁄2" x .134 HRPO, prime painted
HF4-25PK •5"hingellerforbevelededge(handed)doors
•11⁄2" x 5" x .146 HRPO, prime painted
HF5-25PK •5"hingellerforsquareedge(non-handed)doors
•13⁄4" x 5" x .146 HRPO, prime painted
FHMS (Flat-head Machine Screw) HRPO (Hot rolled, pickled & oiled)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door & frame accessories
DA-5
LF2-25PK •Forgovernment161 latch
•11⁄8" x 21⁄4" x .134 CRS, prime painted
•Two(2)#8-32x1⁄2" F.H.M.S. included
LF3-25PK •Forgovernment86mortiselockface
•11⁄4" x 8" x .187 HRPO, prime painted
•Two(2)#12-24 x 1⁄2" F.H.M.S. included
LF1-25PK •21⁄8" screw-in hole cover
•For160 & 161 cylinder holes
•25⁄8" diameter x .049 galvannealed steel, prime painted
LF5-25PK •For11⁄2" cylinder holes
•13⁄4" diameter x .049 galvannealed steel, prime painted
LF6-25PK •Flushboltller
•Two(2)#8-32x1⁄2" F.H.M.S. included
•1" x 63⁄4" x .134 CRS, prime painted
SB5-25PK •Flushboltstrikeller
•15⁄16" x 21⁄4" .075 galvannealed steel, prime painted
SB1-25PK •For47⁄8" strike
•11⁄4" x 47⁄8" x .095 CRS, prime painted
•Two(2)#12-24 x 1⁄2" F.H.M.S. included
SB2-25PK •For47⁄8" deadlock strike, no lip
•11⁄4" x 47⁄8" x .095 CRS, prime painted
•Two(2)#12-24 x 1⁄2" F.H.M.S. included
SB3-25PK •For23⁄4" T-strike
•11⁄8" x 23⁄4" x .083 galvannealed steel, prime painted
•Two(2)#8-32x1⁄2" F.H.M.S. included
SB4-25PK •ForSchlageBlockandotherdeadlockstrikes
•11⁄8" x 23⁄4" x .083 galvannealed steel, prime painted
•Two(2)#8-32x1⁄2" F.H.M.S. included
Reinforcements - Fillers (Cont.)
Door Face Filler Plates
• One (1) 8-32 thru bolt included
• Sold in 25 packs only
Door Edge Filler Plates
•Soldin25packsonly LF2 LF3
Flush Bolt Filler Plates
•Soldin25packsonly
LF6 SB5
Strike Filler Plates
•Soldin25packsonly
LF1
SB1SB2
SB4
SB3
CRS (Cold Rolled Steel) FHMS (Flat-head Machine Screw) HRPO (Hot rolled, pickled & oiled)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door & frame accessories
DA-6
HS1-50PK •22gauge41⁄2" hinge shim
•17⁄16" x 41⁄2" x .028 galvannealed steel
HS2-50PK •16 gauge 41⁄2" hinge shim
•17⁄16" x 41⁄2" x .065 galvannealed steel
HS3-50PK •22gauge5"hingeshim
•17⁄16" x 5" x .028 galvannealed steel
HS4-50PK •16 gauge 5" hinge shim
•17⁄16" x 5" x .065 galvannealed steel
LA1-25PK •For86lockedgeto161 latch
•161 latch position offset 3⁄16"
•HRPO,primepainted
•Two(2)#12-24 M.S. included
EA1-25PK •For86lockedgetoASAstrike
•Strikeprepisoffset1⁄8"
•Insidecutoutdimensionis3⁄4" wide x 31⁄2" long
•HRPO,primepainted
•Two(2)#12-24 M.S. included
Reinforcements - Fillers (Cont.)
MB1-50PK
Mortar Box
• Hinge mortar box
• Sold in 50 packs only MB1
Shims
Sold in 50 packs only.
HS1
Latch Adapters
• Mortise lock to bored latch adapter
• Sold in 25 packs only
LA1
Strike Adapters
• Mortise lock edge to 47⁄8" strike adapter
• Sold in 25 packs only EA1
Reinforcements - Misc.
HRPO (Hot rolled, pickled & oiled) MS (Machine Screw)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door & frame accessories
DA-7
CR2-5PK •12" at closer reinforcement for standard and PA mount closers
•13⁄4" x 12" x .134 - 10 gauge HRPO
CR3-20PK •Halfsleevecloserreinforcementfor2"faceframe.
For 14" standard mount and PA closers
•14" long x .109 - 14 gauge HRPO
RF1-25PK •Reversibleushboltstrikereinforcement-7"x11⁄2" x 14 gauge
•Includes33⁄4" x 11⁄8" x 16 gauge reversible strike plate
•BothpartsCRS,primepainted
SR1-10PK •23⁄4" T-strike reinforcing
•16 gauge CRS
SR2-10PK •ForusewithstandardASAor47⁄8" strike in frame
•16 gauge CRS
Reinforcements - Misc. (Cont.)
Weld-In Reinforcements
• Weld-in closer reinforcement
• CR2 sold in 5 packs only
• CR3 sold in 20 packs only
Weld-in Strike Combination Reinforcement & Dust Cover/Reversible Flush Bolt Strike
• RF1 sold in 25 packs only
• SR1 and SR2 sold in 10 packs only
RF1
SR1SR2
CR2
CR3
CRS (Cold Rolled Steel) FHMS (Flat-head Machine Screw) HRPO (Hot rolled, pickled & oiled)
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door & frame accessories
DA-8
HR1-50PK •For 41⁄2" x .180 heavy weight hinges
HR2-50PK •For41⁄2" x .134 regular weight hinges
HR3-50PK •For5"x.190 heavy weight hinges
HR4-50PK •For5"x.146 regular weight hinges
DT4 -50 PK •Fordoors,1" face ush bolts - 3⁄32" offset
DT5-50PK •Fordoors,1" face ush bolts - no offset
Reinforcements - Misc. (Cont.)
DT4 DT5
FT3-50PK
FT3
Hinge Reinforcements
• 11⁄4" x 9" x .187 HRPO
• Holestapped#12-24. Fits door and frames
• Sold in 50 packs only
HR1
Reinforcements - Tabs
HRPO (Hot rolled, pickled & oiled)
Flush Bolt Strike Tabs
• For strike in header bars - no offset
• 1" x 21⁄2" x .109 HRPO
• Holetapped#8-32
• Sold in 50 packs only
•
Flush Bolt Tabs
• 1" x 21⁄2" x .109 HRPO
• Twoholestapped#8-32
• Sold in 50 packs only
•
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door & frame accessories
DA-9
DT1-50PK •For160 & 161 latch bolts - 3⁄32" offset
FT1-50PK •For160 & 161 latch bolts - 1⁄16" offset
FT2-50PK •For47⁄8" ASA strikes - 1⁄16" offset
F T4 -50 PK •ForVonDuprin,FolgerAdamsandotherelectricstrikes-5⁄16" offset
FT5-50PK •Forstrikesinframe-nooffset
DT3-50PK •Forgovernment86locks-1⁄8" offset
Reinforcements - Tabs (Cont.)
DT3
Lock Edge Tabs
• Mortise lock tab
• 1" x 21⁄2" x .109 HRPO
• Holetapped#12-24
• Sold in 50 packs only
Dead Lock/Spring Latch/Lock Strike Tabs
• 1" x 21⁄2" x .109 HRPO
• Holetapped#8-32
• Sold in 50 packs only
FT1DT1
Strike Tabs
• 1" x 21⁄2" x .109 HRPO
• Hole tapped 12-24
• Sold in 50 packs only
FT5
FT2
FT4
HRPO (Hot rolled, pickled & oiled)
•
•
•
800-824-3018
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited.
door & frame accessories
DA-10
DC1-10PK •Forusewhencuttingdoorsinheightand
width 10'0"
DC2-10PK •Forusewhencuttingdoorsinheightand
width 8'0"
DC3-10PK •Doorcapwithushboltguide
•Forusewhencuttingdoorsinheight
•Channelsarenotchedateachend
•4'0"
•Specifynominaldoorwidthwhenordering
TC1-10PK •Screwinushtopcap3'0"
TC2-10PK •Screwinushtopcap3'6"
TC3-10PK •Screwinushtopcap4'0"
Door Channels & Top Caps
Door Channels
•1⁄2" x 15⁄8" x 1⁄2" - .049 - 18 gauge galvannealed steel
•Soldin10 packs only
DC1
DC2
DC3
Screw-in Flush Top Caps
•Holesarepunchedandcountersunk
•Specifynominaldoorwidthwhenordering
•1⁄2" x 17⁄16" x 1⁄2" .035 20 gauge galvannealed steel channel
•#6x17⁄8" TEK Bugle head included
•Soldin10 packs only
TC1
www.pemko.com
Copyright © 2012 Pemko Manufacturing Company, an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Company is prohibited.
80032 7/12
Memphis, TN USA
P.O. Box 18966
Memphis, TN 38 181
P: 800.824.3018
F: 800.243.3656
Ventura, CA USA
P.O. Box 3780
Ventura,CA93006
P: 800.283.9988
F: 800.283.4050
Vancouver, BC Canada
103-2480 Mt. Lehman Rd.
Abbotsford,BCV2T6W3
P: 877.535.7888
F: 877.535.7444
Toronto, ON Canada
160FourValleyDr.
Vaughan,ONL4K4T9
P: 877.535.7888
F: 877.535.7444

Navigation menu